Home
CC-Link IE Field Network High-Speed Counter Module User`s Manual
Contents
1. Module based parameter main module B amparison output function Set the comparisor 0 CH1 Set a channel to be 0 CH1 0 Coincidence Output Function Set a channel to be a 111 Cam Switch Function 2 z Coincidence output 1 ch Coincidence output 2 ch i m Clear All Write Value Process Option There is no option in the selected process The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual Execute Import Export Close Setting details Reference 3 2ms 4 5ms 5 10ms Page 174 Section 8 20 3 6 20ms 7 70ms 0 CLEAR Page 167 Section 8 17 1 HOLD e 0 Not monitor n Page 168 Section 8 18 e 1 to 20 0 1 to 2 seconds in increments of 100ms 0 Coincidence Output Function 1 Cam Switch Function 0 CH1 1 CH2 0 CH1 1 CH2 0 CH1 1 CH2 0 CH1 1 CH2 Page 102 Section 8 3 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS Setting item Setting details Reference 0 Coincidence Output Coincidence output 1 comparison gt l 1 Within range Output condition setting 2 Out of range Output 0 Coincidence Output Co
2. 0 0005 200 Program example under the normal mode when the cam switch function is set with the comparison output function 197 Program example under the normal mode when the coincidence output is set with the comparison output function 193 Programming ars wiv eel Sed ee Sead Ae 178 Precautions for programming 178 Procedure for programming 180 Pulse input mode i 2 0 c sae ee eee ee ea 92 Pulse measurement function 156 PW EED ae wees ete eves yee eae ea 22 PWM output function 00008 160 Remote READY RXB 0000005 239 Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 250 Ring counter function 0000 es 97 Rotation speed measurement function 152 RUN CED aydaa At hit eee at ay olen wee ce et JO Ge a 22 Sampling counter function 136 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX14 to RX17 240 Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 250 Station number setting 00 55 Station number setting switch a a o oaan aa 22 System configuration ooa aoaaa eae 53 AP ONIN EE inated cae ak E AE EE EE A T eee 12 Terminal block for module power supply and FG 23 The procedure before operation 51 To replace the module 0005 51 Troubleshooting 0000 0 eee eee 205 Troubleshooting
3. 28 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 4 Counting speed setting can be done using the parameter setting gt Page 80 Section 7 1 2 Note that the count may be done incorrectly by inputting pulses whose phase difference is small between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse To check the input waveform of the phase A pulse and phase B pulse or to check phase difference between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse refer to the following L gt Page 30 Section 3 2 1 3 The counting speed is affected by the pulse rise fall time The applicable counting speed is listed below Note that the count may be done incorrectly by counting pulses with long rise fall time co 500kpps 200kpps 100kpps 10kpps Counting speed 1 T pps Rise fall time Both 1 and 2 phase inputs Counting speed switch setting SUOIJLOIJIOBdS SOUBWWOLI9d ZE 29 3 2 1 The input waveform and the phase difference between phase 30 A pulse and phase B pulse The count may be done incorrectly by inputting pulses whose phase difference is small between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse in 2 phase input The following figures show the pulse waveform to be input and the phase difference between the phase A pulse and phase B pulse Though the following are the cases for the differential input they are also applied to the DC input Though the following are the pulse waveform to be input and the phase difference measured at the maximum counting speed
4. Controlled by the program completed CHL Measured pulse value Latch counter update flag reset command input terminal Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B CHU Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C RX4B CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX33 RX4B e This signal turns on when CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 is updated e CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to Measured pulse RWr37 is updated without resetting this flag value update e This signal turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch RX34 flag Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B is turned on counter input e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Measured pulse value Latch terminal counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 is updated RX4C CH2 For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX33 RX4B 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when the changes of CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 are reflected to the high speed counter module by CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D e This signal turns off when
5. PW LED green Indicates the power supply status of the module OFF Power supply OFF RUN LED green Indicates the operating status of the module OFF When a major error occurs MODE LED green Indicates the mode status of the module In online mode Flashing In unit test mode At the unit test completion D LINK LED green Indicates the data communication status between the module and the master module Data link in operation cyclic transmission in progress Flashing Data link in operation cyclic transmission stopped Data link not performed disconnected ERR LED red Indicates the error status of the module A moderate error or major error has occurred Flashing A minor error warning has occurred CH10A oB oZ LED CH20A oB oZ LED green At voltage application OFF At no voltage application CH1FNC LAT LED CH2FNC LAT LED Indicates the input status of the pulse input terminals in phase A B and Z Indicates the input status of the function latch counter input terminal At voltage application i At no voltage application EQU1 to EQU4 LED Indicates the output status of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 OFF Signal output OFF CHAPTER 2 PART NAMES PORT1 connector for CC Link IE Field Network RJ45 connector Connect an Ethernet cable gt Page 65 Section 6 5 There are no restrictions on the connection order of the cables for
6. The margin of error maximum of the frequency measurement function is calculated from the following formula 100 ppm 1 Real frequency H2 x lt ee 1000000 Time unit i Moving average count Frequency measurement S Frequency measurement Ex The following table shows each value to be put into the formula Item Value Real frequency Hz 1234Hz Time unit Frequency measurement s 0 01s Moving average count Frequency measurement 2 times The margin of error maximum is calculated as shown below 100 ppm 1 na se 1000000 0 01 s x 2 0 1234 Hz 50 Hz 1234 Hz x 50 1234 Hz CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated without resetting CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 responds within AT after the action For AT refer to the following e Internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time _ Page 283 Appendix 4 151 uolouny juswainseayy Aousnbel4 g 8 14 Rotation Speed Measurement Function The rotation speed measurement function counts the pulses of the pulse input terminals in phase A and B and automatically calculates the rotation speed High speed counter module Pulses JUUL Remote register CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 Rotation Encoder speed l measurement P 1 Settin
7. gt e Minimum pulse width in 4 multiples of 2 phases Minimum pulse width in 4 multiples of 2 phases 0 125us SUS Setting value lt Count value Coincidence output Setting value Count value Coincidence Comparison Setting value gt Count value detection condition FaF a as Within range output Setting value lower limit value lt Count value lt Setting value upper limit value Out of range output Count value lt Setting value lower limit value Setting value upper limit value lt Count value Interrupt None 2 SUOIJLOIJIOBdS SOUBWWOLI9d ZE Item Specifications Differential input DC input Phase Z EIA Standards RS 422 A differential line driver l level AM26LS31 manufactured by Texas 5 24VDC 4 to 8mA 2 points External input Instruments or equivalent 2 points Latch counter 5 24VDC 7 to 12mA 2 points External oe Transistor sink type output 4 points C d tput output 5 to 24VDC 0 1A point 0 4A common Pulse width ON width OFF width Pul wii Measurement resolution 100ns measurement Measurement points 2 points channel Number of output points 16 points Number of steps per output point Maximum 16 steps point Cam switch Control cycle 0 5ms Diff bet h output iets oe one Within the output response time of the extension output module duration in a channel Output frequency range DC and up to 200kHz PWM output Duty ratio Any ratio Can be set by 0 1uUs 0 3mm 22 AWG A6CON1
8. Eee Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter D1023 iCH1 Cycle setting wn ee ee ee eee eee Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter BMOV D1000 Ww1000 K24 Set values to the remote register SET Y1008 Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Y1008 X1008 X100B i ee _ S OAO SET M10 1 Set only when using the ring counter function 2 Set only when using the sampling counter function or periodic pulse counter function 193 194 c Counter function programs e Program for starting stopping the counter RST e Program for reading counter present value X100B X21 L DMOV W1110 e Program for the preset replace function X1008 X1009 X23 X1021 A aaas SET Y1021 X23 X1021 E E RST X1008 X1009 e Program for reading the latch count value latch counter input terminal X1008 X1009 X30 Y102A X102B DMOV W1118 SET Y102A X102A m a h aS e Program for the count disable function X1009 X26 SET RST e Program for the latch counter function X29 X1025 SET X1025 RST X28 Y1028 X1029 SET Y1028 X1028 HS A RST Y1024 Y1024 D1116 Y1021 Y1021 D1124 Y102A Y102A Y1025 Y1025 Y1025 Y1025 D1118 Y1028 Y1028 i Turn on CH1 Count enable command Turn off CH1 Count enable command Read CH1 Present value to D1116 to D1117 Turn on CH1 Preset replace command Turn off CH1 Preset replace command Read CH1 Latch count value Latch counter input
9. gt _ _ f END CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING Start remote register initial settings Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Turn off Initial data processing completion flag Turn on CH1 Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal Turn on CH1 Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal Turn off CH1 Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal Turn off CH1 Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal Read CH1 Measured pulse value Function input terminal to D1128 to D1129 Turn on CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal Turn off CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal Read CH1 Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal to D1130 to D1131 Turn on CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal Turn off CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal 9 dwexy weibold 6 201 13 Program example of the PWM output mode SB49 SWOBO 0 MC NO NO __ MO M10 PLS X1008 M102 Y1008 X10098 X100B r A RST MOV K1 DMOV K1000 DMOV K2000 BMOV D1029 W101D SET X1008 X1009 X3A X3B td SST SET X3B RST X1008 X1009 X1008 X1009 X1026 MO M102 Y1008 Y1008 D1029 D1030 D1032 K5 M10 Y1026 Y1026 a A MCR NO TED 202
10. 4 This is the value at default or initialization by Parameter area initialization command address 1002 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Point The extended parameter data is written to a nonvolatile memory at the rising edge off to on of Initial data setting request flag RY9 or when the parameters are set on the parameter setting window However the extended parameters cannot be set on the parameter setting window Set the extended parameters from the program before setting parameters on the parameter setting window The activation timing of the extended parameter data differs depending on the data type Refer to the pages where details of each data are described CHAPTER 4 THE PROCEDURE BEFORE OPERATION CHAPTER 4 THE PROCEDURE BEFORE OPERATION This section describes the procedure before operation Check box E Setting a station number Page 55 Section 6 1 Set the station number for a high speed counter module Connection E When using an extension module connect the extension module to Page 56 FPD 6 2 the high speed counter module Page 58 Section 6 3 Mount the high speed counter module to a DIN rail Page 63 Section 6 4 Connect the high speed counter module to a power supply Page 65 Section 6 5 Ethernet cables and external devices i Page 68 Section 6 6 Parameter settings and programming Page 80 Section 7 1 Set parameters and c
11. Coincidence output 1 Output Coincidence output 2 to Y1 of an extension module Read CH1 Status to D1132 Output CH1 Underflow detection flag to Y2 of an extension module Output CH1 Overflow detection flag to Y3 of an extension module Read CH1 Latest error code to D1134 Read CH1 Latest warning code to D1135 CH1 Error reset command The error history read is normally completed Read Error history to D3000 to D3239 Turn off Error history read normal completion flag 9 Program example under the normal mode when the cam switch function is set with the comparison output function a Common program CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode gt Page 193 Section 9 3 8 a b Initial setting program M10 Y1008 Y1009 X1009 M101 M102 SB47 SWO0AQ0 0 SET X1008 M100 MOVP KO MOVP K6 DMOVP K100 DMOVP K250 DMOVP K400 DMOVP K550 DMOVP K700 DMOVP K850 M100 ZP REMTO J1 K1 K1 HO H1500 D3300 K14 M110 M111 SET M112 SET RST RST Y1009 X100B X1009 a i SET M101 Y1009 X1009 a RST M102 DMOV K100 BMOV D1000 W1000 SET Y1008 X1008 X100B LO SET c Counter function programs The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode lt gt Page 194 Section 9 3 8 c M100 D3300 D3301 D3302 D3304 D3306 D3308 D3310 D3312 M110 M112 Y1009 M100 M112 Y1009 M101
12. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION Office Tower Z 14 F 8 12 1 chome Harumi Chuo Ku Tokyo 104 6212 Phone 81 3 622 160 60 Fax 81 3 622 16075 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION Inc 500 Corporate Woods Parkway Vernon Hills IL 60061 Phone 1 847 478 21 00 Fax 1 847 478 22 53 EUROPE FRANCE IRELAND ITALY POLAND RUSSIA SPAIN JAPAN USA MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC a GEVA Wiener Stra e 89 AT 2500 Baden Phone 43 0 2252 85 55 20 Fax 43 0 2252 488 60 TECHNIKON Oktyabrskaya 19 Off 705 BY 220030 Minsk Phone 375 0 17 210 46 26 Fax 375 0 17 210 46 26 ESCO DRIVES amp AUTOMATION Culliganlaan 3 BE 1831 Diegem Phone 32 0 2 717 6430 Fax 32 0 2 717 6431 Koning amp Hartman b v Woluwelaan 31 BE 1800 Vilvoorde Phone 32 0 2 257 02 40 Fax 32 0 2 257 02 49 INEA RBT d 0 0 BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA Aleja Lipa 56 BA 71000 Sarajevo Phone 387 0 33 921 164 Fax 387 0 33 524 539 AKHNATON 4 Andrei Ljapchev Blvd PO Box 21 BG 1756 Sofia Phone 359 0 2 817 6000 Fax 359 0 2 97 44 06 1 INEA RBT d 0 0 Losinjska 4a HR 10000 Zagreb Phone 385 0 1 36 940 01 02 03 Fax 385 0 1 36 940 03 AutoCont C S s r 0 Technologick 374 6 CZ 708 00 Ostrava Pustkovec Phone 420 595 691 150 Fax 420 595 691 199 Beijer Electronics A S Lykkeg rdsvej 17 DK 4000 Roskilde Phone 45 0 46 75 76 66 Fax 45 0 46 75 56 2
13. Parameter Information Checked parameters are the targets of selected processes Select All Name Initial Value Read Value Write Value Setting Range Unit Description Station based parameter E _Input response time setting 5 10ms amp 1oms Sethe inputrespo v Output HOLD CLEAR setting 0 CLEAR tHoLo __ Set whether to holc Cyclic data update watch ti 0 Of0toz20 x100ms Setthe cyclic data Module based parameter main module Comparison outputfunction o o o o Comparison output setti 0 Coincide 0 Coincide Setthe comparisor Coincidence output 1 ch 0 CH1 cHi Setachannel to be r Coincidence output 2 ch 0 CH1 CHT Seta channeltobe l iii gt Display only selectable parameters Clear All Write Value Process Option There is no option in the selected process The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual Execute Import Export Close 8 Click the Execute button to write the parameter to the high speed counter module 7 Setting method of
14. e Set the ring counter upper limit value as well e The following shows the setting range 10 28 Ring counter lower 2147483648 to 2147483647 11 29 limit value e The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on e When the ring counter function is selected and CHO Counter format address 01244 0144 is set to Ring Counter 1 set the count range e Set the ring counter lower limit value as well e The following shows the setting range 12 2A Ring counter upper 2147483648 to 2147483647 13 2B limit value e The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on 10 Remote registers RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D Address RWw Description Default CH1 e Set a count value to be replaced with the preset value for either of the preset replace at coincidence output function the preset replace function the count disable preset replace function or the latch counter preset replace function e The following shows the setting range
15. on the setting values are enabled However the setting values are enabled from the next operation of sampling counter function if the settings are changed while the sampling counter function is being performed CHU Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter 1 to 65535 RWw17 RWw2F Setting item Setting range Reference CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse 0 ims counter RWw16 RWw2E 1 10ms pees T Point Change the sampling period by CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F When the period is changed by Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or Initial data setting request flag RY9 the items of the monitor value such as CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 are cleared When changing the sampling period by using CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F note the following Do not execute the sampling counter function by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 from when CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned on until CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F turns on Doing so may perform counting with the previous setting 136 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 3 Operation example of the sampling counter function The following figure shows an operation example of acquiring the number of the pulses
16. 0 eS eS 00004 1 Cam switch status Output 1 2 Cam switch status Output 2 Cam switch output signal 15 Cam switch status Output 15 16 Cam switch status Output 16 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the output terminal statuses of the extension output module assigned using the cam switch function b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 bi faala eloa aa o s a a ee Cam switch output 0000 terminal status 1 Cam switch status Output 1 2 Cam switch status Output 2 15 Cam switch status Output 15 16 Cam switch status Output 16 e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 256 APPENDICES 3 Remote registers RWr10 to RWr17 RWr28 to RWr2F Address RWr Description Default CH1 e This area stores the counter present value 10 28 e The update cycle of this area is AT gt A Present value 11 29 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the count value latched when the latch counter function counter function selection or the latch counter preset replace function is selected For the overview of the operation refer to Page 133 Section 8 8 or Page 145 Section 8 12 e This area stores the value which is stored in CHO Present value R
17. 1 Within range Output seen Presetreplace setting at coincidence output Coinci T Fresent nee ene 5 Set 1 Present value replaced for Preset replace setting at coincidence output Coincidence output 1 to 2 H Coincidence output 4 comparison condition setting koed H Presetireplace setting at coincidence output Coincidence output 1 D Present H Presetreplace setting at coincidence output Coincidence output 2 mm eee Cam switch output unit assignment setting maesa 0 Present value not replaced H Cam switth output channel assignment setting ocHi E 114 No 1 2 3 4 5 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 Operation example of the preset replace at coincidence output function The following figure shows an operation example in which the preset value 0 or 200 is stored to the present value when the present value reaches Point setting Coincidence output 1 1000 Note that the comparison condition of Coincidence output 1 is set to coincidence output and it is assigned to CH1 ari Controlled by the high speed counter module _ Controlled by the program CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 1000 Point setting Coincidence output 1 1000 RWw0 to RWw71 CH1 Preset value setting 0 C l 200 RWw14 to RWw15 i Dia I Iia I i ON y i Coincidence output 1 RX10 OFF 2 4 F l i fat fer ON Reset command Coincidence output 1 5 RY10 O
18. 13 Stops operations except the one on the error and updating EQU1 to EQU4 terminal status RWr1 Cam switch output signal RWr2 Cam switch output terminal status RWr3 CHO Status RWr20 RWr38 and CHO External input status RWr21 RWr39 14 Continues its operation although the external output terminals of the extension output module are forced off YO LED to YF LED on the extension output module turn on or off depending on the output status 15 A minor error which can be reset by turning off then on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E 16 Stores 0 in all the monitor data and keeps 0 until the module operation information is initialized The number of ON times integration does not start SI BPOD JOWUA Clb 221 Point When multiple errors occur only the latest error code is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A or CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B Error codes which do not have O on their names are stored in CH1 Old errors can be checked with the error history of GX Works2 For the error history refer to the following e Checking by executing a command of the slave station gt Page 205 Section 11 1 1 Error history 1 to 15 address OA00 to OAEF gt Page 276 Appendix 3 14 Turning on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E resets errors However the error causes are detected again and thus the error codes are stored again unless the error causes are removed a Detailed error info
19. 14 2147483648 to 2147483647 Preset value setting aoe 15 e The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 While Initial data processing request flag RX8 and Initial data setting request flag RYQ are off 263 Sia siBay a OwWsY Jo sjiejaq zZ xipueddy 11 Remote registers RWw16 to RWw17 RWw2E to RWw2F Address RWw Description Default CH1 e Set a unit of time for the sampling counter function or the periodic pulse counter function e The following shows the setting range l l l 0 1ms Time unit setting 1 10ms Sampling ret 16 2E ee e The reflection timing of the setting value counter Periodic pulse M i inten 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off co 2 When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then on e Set the sampling period for the sampling counter function or the cycle time of the periodic pulse counter function e The following shows the setting range 1 to 65535 When CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter Cycle setting RWw16 RWw2E is set to 1ms 0 the sampling period or
20. CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F Depending on the pulse input speed and cycle time the value in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F may be over the upper limit value 2147483647 or below the lower limit value 2147483648 The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D In that case the values in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F remain the upper limit value 2147483647 or the lower limit value 2147483648 and CHO Overflow underflow error Sampling count value Periodic pulse count difference value error code 1050 occurs Despite this minor error the periodic pulse counter function keeps working To perform the periodic pulse counter function again reset CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 before turning on again CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 If it is not reset whether its value was updated after the re execution cannot be checked 141 UO lJOUN JOJUNOD S
21. Coincidence output 2 Coincidence output 2 Setting change completed or RX16 eae RY16 Setting change request Coincidence output 3 Coincidence output 3 Setting change completed ees RX17 bee RY17 Setting change request Coincidence output 4 Coincidence output 4 External pawei supply monitor request flag for extension output module for extension output module CH1 Coincidence output enable command RX22 Use prohibited RY22 CH1 Count down command RX23 CH1 External preset replace Z Phase request RY23 CH1 External preset replace Z Phase request detection detection reset command RX24 Use prohibited RY24 CH1 Count enable command RX25 CH1 Counter function detection RY25 CH1 Selected counter function start command CH1 Cam switch execute command PWM RX26 CH1 Cam switch execute PWM output RY26 output start command RX27 CH1 Setting change completed RY27 CH1 Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH1 Update flag reset completed Latch count CH1 Update flag reset command Latch count RX28 value Sampling count value Periodic pulse RY28 value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value count value CH1 Update flag Latch count value Samplin RX29 g1 Png RY29 Use prohibited count value Periodic pulse count value CH1 Latch count value update flag reset CH1 Latch count value update flag reset RX2A RY2A completed Latch counter input termina
22. Counter value value value value value value value value value 0 greater smaller greater smaller greater smaller greater smaller 0000 greater smaller signal J O fixed Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 gt Present value Counter value greater 0 Counter value smaller 1 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Present value Counter value greater 0 Counter value smaller 0 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 lt Present value Counter value greater 1 Counter value smaller 0 e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the statuses of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 bi b 0 i a d elefejelojofojo o ofofo fpougpasgaan terminal status a O fixed 0 OFF 1 ON 0000 e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 255 Sla siBbay Jow Y jo sjiejaq zZ xipueddy 2 Remote registers RWr2 to RWr3 Address RWr Description Default e When the cam switch function is selected this area stores the comparison result of Cam switch function step No 1 to No 16 setting Output 1 to 16 i the remote buffer memory and CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 b1 wpap ola n a o a
23. Example of wiring with a line driver equivalent to AM26LS31 encoder High speed counter module Phase A Encoder Phase B Phase Z 4gpoodug ue pue sjnpoyy Je UN0D peeds ybIH e u m g ajdwexy Buin 2 9 6 8 Wiring Example Between a Controller and External Input Terminals 1 Example of wiring with a sink type controller High speed counter module Controller Shielded twisted pair cable Latch counter Shield 2 Example of wiring with a source type controller Controller High speed counter module 5V B07 B04 Shielded twisted pair cable OUT ee ce B08 B05 O l 3902 2 32kQ ae GND CTRLCOM Latch counter External 24vDc power 78 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 9 Wiring Example with Coincidence Output Terminals 1 Example of wiring with coincidence output terminals sink output type High speed counter module Coincidence output 1 Coincidence output 2 Coincidence output 3 Coincidence output 4 ee EQUCOM 10 8 to External 264VDC power supply sjeuiwa nd no BOUSPIDUIOD YUM sjdwexy BuniM 6 9 19 CHAPTER 7 various SETTINGS This chapter describes the setting procedures of the high speed counter module 7 1 Parameter Setting Set the parameter of this module with the network parameter written to the CPU module of the master station When the setting in GX Works2 and the parameter written to the CPU
24. Frequency measurement function measureme phase A and B and automatically calculates the frequency nt mode Rotation speed measureme This function counts the pulses of the pulse input terminals in Rotation speed measurement function phase A and B and automatically calculates the rotation speed nt mode This function measures CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 Pulse FUNC2 or CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 of the connector for external devices and calculates the ON width Pulse measurement function measureme nt mode This function outputs the specified PWM waveform from any PWM output function j coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 This function sets the output status of the extension output module YO to YF used as the output of Coincidence output EQU1 to EQU4 and the cam switch function to HOLD or CLEAR Output HOLD CLEAR setting function This function monitors the cyclic data update interval When the Cyclic data update watch function cyclic transmission remains to be stopped over the set watch time this function holds or clears the value which is output just before When a moderate error or a major error occurs in the high speed Error notification function counter module this function notifies the master station of the error Common to using the remote register and the remote input signal all modes One extension I O module can be connected to one high speed counter
25. PLC Series and select Q10UDH for PLC Type TZ Project gt New New Project t Type 2 Display the network parameter setting window and configure the setting as follows XX Project window gt Parameter gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET Network Parameter MELSECNET CC IE Ethernet Module Configuration a E Mole Motte 2 RCI Fed Master statin e SetvONe SSSSS w a a e e lorine iomaliodey eC all CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 3 Display the CC IE Field Configuration window and configure the configuration and station number of the slave station as follows button fe CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start I O No 0000 mfx i CC IE Field Configuration Edit View Mode Setting Online Normal Mode Assignment Method Start End Link Scan Time Approx 0 70 ms Refresh Device Select CC IE Field Find Module My Favorites RX RY Setting RWwiRWr Setting Points Start End Points Start End RX Host Station 0 Master Station General CC IE Field Module Ea 1 NZ2GFCF D62PD2 1 Remote Device Station 80 0000 004F 64 0000 003F CC IE Field Module Mitsubishi Electrii om NZ2EX 16 D0 16 0050 0005F Master Local Module Basic Digital Input Module Basic Digital Output Module Basic Analog Input Module Basic Analog Output Module Basic High Speed Counter Module a Eee Digital Input Module Model Name Statio
26. Section 8 8 2 Sampling Counter Function Page 136 Section 8 9 Counter function selection 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function Page 139 Section 8 10 4 Count disable Preset replace Function Page 142 Section 8 11 5 Latch counter Preset replace Function Page 145 Section 8 12 0 Positive Logic Function input logic setting Page 272 Appendix 3 9 1 Negative Logic 0 Positive Logic Latch counter input logic setting Page 272 Appendix 3 9 1 Negative Logic 84 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS Setting item Setting details Reference Settin OFF ON Response ON OFF Response j time time Z phase input response time setting o 0 25us Page 273 Appendix 3 10 OFF ON Response ON OFF Response Setting time time Function input response time setting 0 f002ms o 0tms Page 273 Appendix 3 10 1 0 1ms 0 1ms 1 0ms 1 0ms OFF ON Response ON OFF Response ti time 0 02ms 0 1ms Page 273 Appendix 3 10 0 1ms EE me D Setting Latch counter input response time setting 0 1ms 1 0ms N 1 0ms Pulse measurement setting Function 0 Pulse ON Width Page 156 Section 8 15 input terminal 1 Pulse OFF Width Pulse measurement setting Latch 0 Pulse ON Width Page 156 Section 8 15 counter input terminal 1 Pulse OFF Width 6 Click the Execute button to write the parameter to the high speed counter module Point When using the extension module also set the paramete
27. Start remote register initial settings Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Turn off Initial data processing completion flag CH1 PWM output assignment setting CH1 ON width setting PWM output CH1 Cycle setting PWM output Set the values to the remote register Turn on CH1 PWM output start command Turn off CH1 PWM output start command Output CH1 PWM output execution status to Y4 of an extension module CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION The high speed counter module has no special item to be inspected However to maintain the best condition of the system perform the inspection in accordance with the items described in the user s manual of the CPU module used 203 Memo 204 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING This chapter describes errors that may occur while the high speed counter module is used and those troubleshooting 11 1 Checking for the Error Codes and the Warning Codes Error codes can be checked by any of the following methods e Checking by executing a command of the slave station _ gt Page 205 Section 11 1 1 e Checking by CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A L gt Page 207 Section 11 1 2 Warning codes can be checked by any of the following methods e Checking by executing a command of the slave station _ gt Page 205 Section 11 1 1 e Checking by CHO Latest warning code
28. and perform one of processing of processing of the following operations g he si ve he sl ve e If Initial data processing station or Initial station or Initial request flag Oro is on turn CHO Cycle setting data processing data processing off then oe Initial data CHO Cycle Sampling completion flag completion flag processing completion flag setting error counter Periodic pulse RY8 or Initial RY8 or Initial iei 05024 Moderate error eamping OUM ARTAN ee some te a k counter Periodic pulse counter RWw2F is set to 0 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect The other Error CH CHs 3 request flag RYQ is turned off then on 13 If CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then request flag RYQ is turned off then on 13 If CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then processing of the slave station or Initial data setting completion flag RX9 is on turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RYQ If Initial data processing request flag RX8 and Initial data setting completion flag RXQ are off turn off then on CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F 215 Error code hexadecimal 0601 O06024 06214 06224 0623 O660 0661 216 Classification Moderate error M
29. if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseas location expenses to send an engineer will be solely at the customer s discretion Mitsubishi shall not be held responsible for any re commissioning maintenance or testing on site that involves replacement of the failed module Gratis Warranty Term The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one year after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated place Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi the maximum distribution period shall be six 6 months and the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen 18 months The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs Gratis Warranty Range 1 The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state usage methods and usage environment etc which follow the conditions and precautions etc given in the instruction manual user s manual and caution labels on the product 2 Even within the gratis warranty term repairs shall be charged for in the following cases 1 Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling carelessness or negligence by the user Failure caused by the user s hardware or software design 2 Failure caused by unapproved modifications etc to the product by the user 3 When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user s device Failure that could have been avoided if functions or structu
30. lowered by doing the moving average count Set the number of the moving average count is set to CHO Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 Setting item Setting range Reference 1 to 100 CHU Moving average count Rotation speed measurement When 1 is set the operation is performed RWw19 RWw31 with the moving average count regarded as not being done Page 265 Appendix 2 12 After the specified number of counts are done the average of the measured values of the rotation speed is stored in CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 as shown below When the number for CHO Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 is set to 3 CHL Count enable command RY24 RY3C 10000 Rotation speed Remote register CHL Measured rotation 1st storage speed value 2nd storage RWr1A to RWr1B 3rd storage RWr32 to RWr33 Time T Time unit 5000 1st storage 1 2 3 3 5000 7000 8000 3 6667 2nd storage 2 3 4 3 7000 8000 8000 3 7667 3rd storage 3 4 5 3 8000 8000 4000 3 6667 153 UOlJOUNY JUSWSINSES peeds UOleION PL 5 Operation example of the rotation speed measurement function The following figure shows an operation example with the following settings e CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 0 01s e CHO Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 3 e
31. sessaippy Aiowsy Jong ejouaey jo sjieljaq xipueddy 7 Module based parameter data address 01224 to 01234 0142 to 0143 Address Description Default e Set the pulse input mode e The following shows the setting range 0 1 Phase Multiple of 1 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 2 CW CCW 3 2 Phase Multiple of 1 4 2 Phase Multiple of 2 5 2 Phase Multiple of 4 e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9Q is turned off then on 01224 0142 Pulse input mode e Set the counting speed e The following shows the setting range 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 500kpps Counting speed 1Mpps setting 2Mpps 4Mpps 8Mpps e Always set 200kpps or slower to the counting speed when DC input is used for connecting e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on 0123 0143 270 APPENDICES 8 Module based parameter data address 01244 to 0125 0144 to 0145 Address 0124 01254 01444 01454 Counter format Phase Z setting Description Default e Set the counter format e The following shows the setting range 0 Linear Counter 1 Ring Counter e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set the trigger condition to replace a count value with the preset value by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 e Se
32. 1 Detected Overflow detection flag 0 Not detected 1 Detected Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag 0 Not operating 20 38 Status 1 Operating 0000 Frequency measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Rotation speed measurement flag 0 Not operating 1 Operating Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal 0 Not operating 1 Operating Pulse measurement flag Latch counter input terminal 0 Not operating 1 Operating e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 259 Sl9 siIBay Jow Y jo sjiejaq Z xipueddy 6 Remote registers RWr21 to RWr23 RWr39 to RWr3B Address RWr Description Default CH1 e This area stores the input statuses of phase Z the function the latch counter phase A and phase B of the external I O connector b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 Obi Phase Z input status 0 OFF 1 ON Function input status 0 OFF 1 ON Latch counter input status 0 OFF 1 ON Phase A input j tat 21 39 External input status poen 0000 1 ON Phase B input status 0 OFF 1 ON e When CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p is set to either of Frequency Measurement Mode 1 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 2 or PWM Output Mode 4 Function input status RWr21 b1 RWr39 b1 is always OFF 0 e With Negative Logic 1 being set in CHO Function input logic se
33. 125 uonouny soe deijesald Y8 126 Point 4 While CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on the value cannot be replaced by any methods Replace the value after turning off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Have a AT or longer interval after changing CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D until CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 is turned on because there are maximum of AT delay until change in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is reflected An interval is not necessary when the preset replace function is performed by the preset replace command since there is a delay of when the preset replace command is used When the preset replace function is performed by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 the operation response time follows CHO Z phase input response time setting address 0129 b0 to b1 0149 b0 to b1 Since CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is updated synchronizing with the internal control cycle a maximum of delay time shown below occurs until the preset value is stored AY Setting time of CHO Z phase input response time setting address 0129 b0 to b1 01491 b0 to b1 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 5 Latch Counter Function by Latch Counter
34. 1900p l l type setting B then on CHO Cam switch error Output 9 a Ingleales a execute command RY26 where settings are RY3E incorrect ANAG oiner men angri Set Cam switch function step Hani Switch SSN AT SWIGH type Output 10 address ean a a a en 1980p to 0 or 1 and turn off O3A0 Moderate error type setting 10 address 1980p see oie areata error Output O indicates the channel execute command RV26 where settings are RY3E incorrect wane other man Sandi Set Cam switch function step Cam switch is set in Cam switch type Output 16 address TuneHOn Siep MUnevel SIEP tYPS Huiput 1C80 to 0 or 1 and turn off O3A6 Moderate error type setting 16 address 1C80 kerone Gara ewan error Output O indicates the channel aeeoa RY26 16 where settings are RY3E incorrect The values set in Cam switch function step No 1 Set Cam switch function step to No 16 setting Output 1 No 1 to No 16 setting Output 1 SAT SNIEN address 15024 to 15214 address 15024 to 1521p to 04014 Moderate error DA aN are not in the ascending values in the ascending order Output 1 order and turn off then on CHO Cam O indicates the channel switch execute command where settings are RY26 RY3E incorrect The values set in Cam switch function step No 1 Set Cam switch function step to No 16 setting Output 9 No 1 to No 16 setting Output 9 eam ewiten address 19024 to 19214 address 19024 to 19214 to 04094 Moderate error NATER
35. 50 1150 MIDDLE EAST REPRESENTATIVES I C SYSTEMS LTD EGYPT 23 Al Saad Al Alee St EG Sarayat Maadi Cairo Phone 20 0 2 235 98 548 Fax 20 0 2 235 96 625 ILAN amp GAVISH Ltd 24 Shenkar St Kiryat Arie IL 49001 Petah Tiqva Phone 972 0 3 922 18 24 Fax 972 0 3 924 0761 GIRIT CELADON LTD 12 H aomanut Street IL 42505 Netanya Phone 972 0 9 863 39 80 Fax 972 0 9 885 24 30 CEG INTERNATIONAL Cebaco Center Block A Autostrade DORA Lebanon Beirut Phone 961 0 1 240 430 Fax 961 0 1 240 438 AFRICAN REPRESENTATIVE CBI Ltd SOUTH AFRICA Private Bag 2016 ZA 1600 Isando Phone 27 0 11 977 0770 Fax 27 0 11 977 0761 ISRAEL ISRAEL LEBANON Mitsubishi Electric Europe B V FA European Business Group Gothaer Stra e 8 D 40880 Ratingen Germany FACTORY AUTOMATION _ Tel 49 0 2102 4860 Fax 49 0 2102 4861120 info mitsubishi automation com www mitsubishi automation com
36. CCW For counting down 92 Count timing w _f f oB and CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A oa Jt B or CHO Count down command L RY22 RY3A wA TE B and CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A ao E E B or CHO Count down command E RY22 RY3A Counts on the rising edge of oA oB and CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A are off Counts on the falling edge J of oA oB or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A is on Counts on the rising edge 1 and the falling edge J of oA oB and CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A are off Counts on the rising edge 1 and the falling edge J of oA oB or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A is on Counts on the rising edge 7 of oA OB is off oA is off Counts on the rising edge 7 of oB CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Pulse input E Count timing mode For counting up Counts on the rising edge 1 of oA while 6B is off 2 phase multiple of 1 For counting Jaws Counts on the falling edge 1 of A while 6B is off Counts on the rising edge 1 of oA while 6B is off For counting up Counts on the falling edge 4 of A while 6B is on 2 phase multiple of 2 Counts on the rising edge 1 of oA while 6B is on Counts on the falling edge 1 of oA while 6B is off For counting down Counts on the rising edge T of oA while 6B is off Counts on the falling edge 1 of 6A while 6B is on Counts on the rising edge T of oB whi
37. CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWwi1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 1000 Joas gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHU Count enable command RY24 RY3C CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 CHUO Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWw371 CHU Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 10000 Rotation speed 5000 CHL Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 CHL Rotation speed measurement flag RWr20 b5 RWr38 b5 CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 CHUO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value RY2C RY44 CHO Update flag reset completed Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 154 Time T Rotation speed measurement time unit CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS No Description The following processing is performed when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on to turn CHO Rotation speed measurement flag RWr20 b5 RWr38 b5 to Operating 1 e The values of CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 CHO Moving average count Rotation 1 speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 and CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 are acquired If the value is changed during the rotation speed measurement the change is ignored e CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX
38. CHs The extension module is Extension improperly connected or 1F004 Major error module 1 an extension module not connection error allowed to be connected has been connected Error code Classification hexadecimal Check the contact points on the extension module and if the module is allowed to be connected If the same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative e Check the external power supply status for the external The external power supply output module for the extension output External power i p e If this error occurs when the module is off while the 1F20 Moderate error supply OFF system starts or stops external power supply DE error monitorra err er change the timing of when spaiied g the external power supply l monitoring function is enabled Correct the setting in Extension The parameter for Extension TAn module identification code specifying the extension module T address 0200p so that the 1F304 Moderate error module type has specified i parameter setting matches the connected a type different from the failure extension module and the connected one l module points The value in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B or Adjust the values so that the Sampling count nee 0504 i SEI CHO Periodic pulse count p
39. Cam switch output unit assignment setting e 0 CH1 is assigned to Cam switch output 1 channel assignment setting Snan Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON ON ON ON ON OFF status of Cam switch Output 1 OFF OFF OFF OFF Ate i On 4 CH1 Cam switch execute command RY26 OFF 1 Ls 2 H CH1 Cam switch execute RX26 OFF ah gt 4 z 3 i i Af y 4 1 E Cam switch status Output 1 RWr2 b0 ha o lo 0 gt 4 ON 3 ON ON External output signal of the extension ka z output module YO OFF gt OFF OFF OFF 4 No Description When CH1 Cam switch execute command RY26 is turned off then on the step setting of Cam switch Output 1 is acquired and 1 CH1 Cam switch execute RX26 turns on If the value is changed while the cam switch function is in operation the change is ignored 2 The cam switch function operates when CH1 Cam switch execute RX26 turns on CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 and the step setting of Cam switch Output 1 are compared and the result is output from YO 3 of the extension output module The output status can be checked by Cam switch status Output 1 RWr2 b0 of Cam switch output signal RWr2 When CH1 Cam switch execute command RY26 is turned off the operation is as follows e CH1 Cam switch execute RX26 turns off e Cam switch status Output 1 RWr2 b0 becomes 0 e YO of the extension output module i
40. Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence sarcs o Lo Lo 0 Do 0 o Do Famer paar pase par 0102 comparison IM 0000 condition setting 0 fixed 00 Coincidence Output 01 Within range Output 10 Out of range Output e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on Set whether to replace a count value with the preset value at coincidence output or not e The following shows the setting range Preset replace b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 M b D 0103 sailing olelelelele lele oo oTe e EE 00004 coincidence output 268 F 0 fixed 0 Present value not replaced 1 Present value replaced e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on APPENDICES 5 Module based parameter data address 0104 to 0105 Address ere Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set an extension output module to be used with the cam switch function e The following shows the setting range Cam switch output J ened l 0 No Assignment 01044 unit assignment 1 Stage 1 setting Miep e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set channels to be compared for the outputs of the cam switch function e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 bi lala atampa 9 9 9 2 9 Ne Cam switch o
41. Encoder Inverter 19 7 Cam switch function According to the input count present value the ON OFF status of output can be set for every preset point without any program More precise ON OFF control is available without scan time effect An extension output module is required for using this function Output 1 Output 2 Output 3 Count present value 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 8 PWM output function Up to 200kHz of the PWM waveform can be output The duty ratio can be set by 0 1us and this enables precise output control The PWM output function enables controls such as dimming control according to duty ratio modification Example Lighting control Lighting dimmer Lighting brighter Duty ratio 50 Duty ratio 80 Lighting can be controlled by changing the duty ratio 20 CHAPTER 2 PART NAMES CHAPTER 2 PART NAMES This chapter describes the part names of the high speed counter module PW RUN MODE DLINK ERR Ef A oB oZ FN LAT EERE EGE EB yy MEISEG 1 1 Do not remove this seal because it is used for a maintenance purpose 21 No 1 2 22 A rotary switch for the following setting and test e Station Number Setting _ gt Page 55 Section 6 1 e Unit Test lt _ gt Page 227 Section 11 4 When operating the station number setting switch use a slotted screwdriver with 3 5mm or less width Station number setting switch of the tip
42. External preset replace Z Phase request detection i reset command RY23 RY3B a CHL Present value 65 66 67 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 400401 RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 No Description Write any value to CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D in 32 bit binary Setting range 2147483648 to 2147483647 The value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the rising edge off to on of CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 Also CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B turns on The value can be replaced regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 1 2 While CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on the value cannot be replaced by either CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 or CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 3 Also when CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 is turned off then on CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 turns on However the value is not replaced Turn off CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 by turning off CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 When CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B turns off by turning on CHO External preset replace 4 Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B the value can be replaced
43. Function 1 is selected for CHO Counter function selection address 01264 01464 this signal becomes valid at the rising edge off to on When Count disable Preset replace Function 4 or Latch counter Preset replace Function 5 is selected for CHO Counter function selection address 01264 0146 this signal is invalid For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 Turn on this signal to execute the cam switch function Turn on this signal to start PWM output Turn on this signal to activate the changes of CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E and CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F When this signal is turned on the setting values written into the above remote registers RWw are reflected to the high speed counter module After the setting values are reflected CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Sampling count valu
44. How to calculate the dummy resistance amount at 24VDC Calculation R V I 24V 35mA 680 Q e How to calculate rated standard electricity at 24VDC Calculation P4 V x 24V x 35mA 0 84W approximately 1W Calculation including a margin P gt P4 x 2 0 84 x 2 1 68W approximately 2W Result Install dummy resistance of 680Q 2W in between the pulse input terminals UOUSLUOUSU Yoey JO Buljoousejgnol SLL SPOW EWJOU y s Buiyas pow uogeJado y UO Huiy s y UBUAA L LL 229 2 When the coincidence output function does not perform normal operation a When Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 do not turn on Check item Are Coincidence output 1 to 4 assigned properly Are the comparison conditions for Coincidence output 1 to 4 proper Is Initial data setting request flag RY9 or Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 turned on after changing Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWwE to RWwF Is Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 off Only when Coincidence output is selected as the comparison condition Are the settings in Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw71 to Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWwE to RWwF within the count range of the ring count
45. Input Terminal 1 Latching the present value by the latch counter input terminal The latch counter function by latch counter input terminal acquires the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of the counter and stores it in the remote register when CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 is input The following figure shows an operation example of acquiring the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 as CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 at the rising edge of CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 eee Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON ON CHU Count enable command R 1 RY24 RY3C OFF OFF 150 100 CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 OFF 1 OFF 1 k OFF 1 OFF 1 fs CHU Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 CHU Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal i RX2B RX43 OFF gt h CHUI Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 CHU Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 No Description The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in CHO Latch count value Latch counter input term
46. M102 M101 D1020 K24 Y1008 Y1008 M10 Start remote buffer memory extended parameter initial settings Cam switch function step type Output 1 Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 Cam switch function step No 1 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 2 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 3 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 4 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 5 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 6 setting Output 1 Write the extended parameters The extended parameter write is normally completed Turn on Initial data setting request flag Turn off Initial data setting request flag 9 dwexy weibold 6 Start a remote register initial setting CH1 Preset value setting Set the value to the remote register Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Turn off Initial data processing completion flag 197 d Program for the cam switch function X1008 X1009 X 31 s E A i Y1026 RST Y1026 e Program for overflow underflow detection processing Turn on CH1 Cam switch execute command Turn off CH1 Cam switch execute command The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode lt gt Page 196 Section 9 3 8 e f Program for an error warning reset The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode lt gt Page 196 Section 9 3 8 f g P
47. Measured pulse value update flag CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset reset command Function input terminal command Latch counter input terminal RY31 RY49 RY33 RY4B CHU Measured pulse value update flag CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset reset completed Function input terminal completed Latch counter input terminal RX31 RX49 RX33 RX4B Measured pulse value update flag reset command Measured pulse value update flag reset completed UOlJOUNY JUSWIINSEDS SSINd GLQ 159 8 16 PWM Output Function The PWM output function outputs the PWM waveform up to 200kKHz from one of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 Up to four points can be assigned for one channel The same waveform is to be output to the assigned terminals The ON width setting PWM output can be changed during PWM output Remote register CHL PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 CHU ON width setting PWM output High speed counter module EQU1 to Pulse output EQU4 terminal O function PWM cycle 5us to 1s 1 Setting method of the PWM output function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 CHL Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 Remote output signal CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E CHL ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D CC IE Field Configuration windo
48. Network high speed counter module hereafter abbreviated as high speed counter module This manual describes the operating procedure system configuration parameter settings functions and troubleshooting of the high speed counter module Before using this product please read this manual and the relevant manuals carefully and develop familiarity with the functions and performance of the high speed counter module to handle the product correctly When applying the program examples introduced in this manual to an actual system ensure the applicability and confirm that it will not cause system control problems E Target module NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Unless otherwise specified this manual describes the program examples in which the remote I O signals and remote registers are assigned for a high speed counter module as follows e Remote input signal RX00 to RX4F e Remote output signal RYOO to RY4F e Remote register RWr0 to RWr3F RWw0 to RWw3F For the assignment of remote I O signals and remote registers refer to the following _ User s manual for the master local module used RELEVANT MANUALS 1 CC Link IE Field Network relevant manuals When using the CC Link IE Field Network for the first time refer to CC Link IE Field Network Master Local Module User s Manual first The following shows the structure of the CC Link IE Field Network manuals Manual name lt manual number model code gt MELSEC Q CC Link IE Field Net
49. OFF Width 4 Setthe pulse width to be measured in CHO Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal H CH1 Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal O Pulsec 0 Pulse ON width i CH1 Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal O Pulseo M E CH Setting a i CH2 Operation mode setting O Normal 0 Pulse ON Width CH2 Count source selection 0 A Phaser 1 Pulse OFF width 156 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 Terminals for the pulse measurement The following table lists the terminals that are used for the pulse measurement for each channel Channel Terminals for the pulse measurement Function input terminal 1 FUNC1 Latch counter input terminal 1 LATCH1 Function input terminal 2 FUNC2 Latch counter input terminal 2 LATCH2 CH1 CH2 3 Pulse width to be measured Set which pulse width ON or OFF is to be measured by using CHO Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal and CHO Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal The measured value is stored in CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 or CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 ON width t OFF width gt Pulse width to be Setting value of pulse TR Description measured width to be measured Pulse ON width Eoo The ON time of the input pulse is measured Pulse OFF width The OFF time of the i
50. Remote READY X1010 Coincidence output 1 X1011 Coincidence output 2 X1012 Coincidence output 3 X1013 Coincidence output 4 X1014 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 X1015 Setting change completed Coincidence output 2 X1016 Setting change completed Coincidence output 3 X1017 Setting change completed Coincidence output 4 X101F External power supply monitor state flag for extension output module X1023 CH1 External preset replace Z Phase request detection X1027 a change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse NZ2GECE D62PD2 X1000 to X104F x1028 CH1 Update flag reset completed Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value X1029 CH1 Update flag Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value X102A CH1 Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal K X102B CH1 Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal U X102C CH1 Update flag reset completed Measured frequency 6 value Measured rotation speed value X102D CH1 Update flag Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value g X10341 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal X1032 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal X1033 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal 187 188 Device Y1008 Y1009 Y1010 Y 1011 Y1012 Y1013 Y1014 Y1015 Y1016 Y1017 Y101F Y1020
51. Set X35 RST X1008 X1009 X1008 X1009 Y102C X102D DMOV WI1IA SET Y102C X102C HS i A fRrST MCR MO M102 Y1008 Y1008 D1024 D1025 D1026 K4 M10 Y1024 Y1024 D1126 Y102C Y102C NO ED 200 Start remote register initial settings Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Turn off Initial data processing completion flag CH1 Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement CH1 Moving average count Rotation speed measurement CH1 Number of pulses per rotation Set the values to the remote register CH1 Rotation speed measurement start CH1 Rotation speed measurement stop Read CH1 Measured rotation speed value to D1126 to D1127 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value 12 Program example of the pulse measurement mode SB49 NO __ MO M10 X1008 M102 SWOBO0 0 MC NO PLS gt A SET Y1008 X1008 X1008 X38 X1008 X1009 X39 X1008 X1009 X1008 X1008 X1008 X100B RST SET X1009 X36 X38 r SET X1009 X37 X39 SET RST RST X1009 Y1031 X1032 DMOV W111C SET Y1031 X1031 PA E e X1009 Y1033 X1034 DMOV WI11E SET Y1033 X1033 e a MCR MO M102 Y1008 Y1008 M10 Y1030 Y1032 Y1030 Y1032 D1128 Y1031 Y1031 D1130 Y1033 Y1033 NO _ __ _
52. Station window W CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 4 Set Parameter read for Method selection Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start IO Mo 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameter read o Parameter read Parameter write gt Parameter Information 5 Click the Execute button to read the parameter from the high speed counter module Description o Name Initial Value Read Value Write Value Setting Range Unit Station based parameter M Inputresponsetime setting 6 10ms 5 10ms Sethe input respo M Output HOLD CLEAR setting 0 CLEAR 0 cLEAR S Set whether to hole M Cyclic data update watch ti O o to 20 x 00s Set the cyclic datas Module based parameter main module Comparison outputfunction Coineide 0 Coincide Sethe compariso vek jacHt Ss Seta channel to be vem jacHt Seta channel to be 88 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 6 Set Parameter write for Method selection Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start IO Mo 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameter write The Parameter read Parameter write paeme Information 7 Check the read parameter and select the item to be changed from Write Value Then set a new value For the item not to be cha
53. a 56 622 lstallation poslom esse carn aneka cine eA dd E E Gre A E a A 56 6 29 IInstalatomdirectionese ere a deh ta a a a a a a ar Aa a aA EER 57 Go Installations ssa a eek ee eats a e TE 58 6 3 1 Connecting extension modules 0 0 c cee eee ene 58 6 3 2 Mounting the modules ona DIN rail 0 000000 ee eee en 60 6 4 Wiring with Terminal Block for Module Power Supply and FG 000000 63 6 Wiring erEthemet Cables 5 4 0 5 yt ak beeches ee ey Yate ee ht ae ee eas 65 6 6 Wiring of Connectors for External Devices 0 0 0 0 ccc eee 68 66 1 Wining precaute ia eck 2 oho ott te hie tara ene aes bea hd dnaes ested ean 68 6 6 2 Connectors for external deviceS 0000 cc ee eee eee es 70 6 6 3 I O interfaces with external devices 0 0 cc eee eens T1 6 6 4 Encoders that can be connected ununa naaran nenene 15 6 7 Wiring Example Between a High Speed Counter Module and an Encoder 76 6 8 Wiring Example Between a Controller and External Input Terminals 78 6 9 Wiring Example with Coincidence Output Terminals 0 00000 eee 79 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 80 TA Parameter Setting 4 4 4 8 et coh ao esese ees haat ection aces dt Binet ahh aa a as bass 80 7 2 Changing the Parameter 0 0000 eee cee eee eee 86 7 2 1 Changing the network configuration 0 00 0000 c cece eet eee eee eens 86 7 2 2 Changing the parameter without ch
54. and A6CON4 Applicable For external device connection r vee 0 088 to 0 24mm 28 to 24 AWG A6CON2 wire size For power supply Core 0 5 to 1 5mm 20 to 16 AWG Applicable connector for external wiring A6CON1 AGCON2 AGCON4 sold separately 24VDC 20 4 to 26 4VDC External power suppl PR SERP Current consumption 220mA Cyclic RX RY points 80 points 16 points x number of extension modules transmission RWr RWw points 64 points An Ethernet cable that meets the 1000BASE T standard Category 5e or higher double shielded STP straight cable Communication cable External dimensions 133mm x 68mm x 50mm Weight 0 25kg External RJ45 connector connection Terminal block for module power supply and FG system Tightening torque range for terminal screw M2 5 screw 0 5 to 0 6Nem Applicable DIN rail TH35 7 5Fe TH35 7 5Al compliant with IEC 60715 TE 0 5 10 Nichifu Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 5mm TE 0 75 10 Nichifu Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 75mm l TE 1 0 10 Nichifu Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 9 to 1 0mm7 care Terminal block for module power TE 1 5 10 Nichifu Co Ltd Applicable wire size 1 25 to 1 5mm7 terminal supply and FG Al 0 5 10WH Phoenix Contact Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 5mm Al 0 75 10GY Phoenix Contact Co Ltd Applicable wire size 0 75mm7 Al 1 10RD Phoenix Contact Co Ltd Applicable wire size 1 0mm Al 1 5 10BK Phoenix Contact Co Ltd Applicable wire size 1 5mm
55. at the rising edge of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Sante Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON CHL Count enable command RY24 RY3C CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHU Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHUO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 CHU Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 CHL Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 CHL Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 No Description The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B at the rising edge of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input 1 terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 For CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns on or off by turning on or off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D After CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 2 turns on When CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is turned off then on the high speed counter module 3 turns o
56. b0 to b1 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 00b to 10b is set in CHO Function input response time setting address 01294 b2 to b3 01494 b2 to b3 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect Set CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 01284 0148p to O or 1 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RYQ Set CHO Z phase input response time setting address 0129 b0 to b1 0149 b0 to b1 to a value between 00b and 10b and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9Q Set CHO Function input response time setting address 0129 b2 to b3 0149 b2 to b3 to a value between 00b and 10b and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9Q CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error Error code has tt Description and occurs i Classification Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CH S A value other than 00b to 10b is set in CHO Latch counter input response Set CHO Latch counter input response time setting address 01294 b4 to b5 01494 b4 to CHO Latch counter input response time setting error time setting address 01294 b4 to b5 01494 b4 to b5 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect C cati e Malfunction due to noise may D5294 Major error AA 13 be the cause Check the error 1 i i cable distance or grounding 08264 Moderate error b5 to a value between 00b an
57. changing CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D until the value is replaced because there are maximum of AT delay until change in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is reflected To perform the preset replace function continuously using the same coincidence output have a AT or longer interval The preset replace function may not operate if there is not a AT or longer interval The following is the rough standard of an interval for performing the preset replace function continuously using the same coincidence output Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Preset value setting gt Input pulse speed pps 1000 When the preset replace at coincidence output function is used under the condition where pulses are input in a counting speed of 2Mpps or faster a pulse count difference plus one or minus one pulse occurs Use the function after checking that the difference does not cause a problem for the system For AT4 refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 Change this into Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 or Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 according to the comparison condition and the setting in which Coincidence output 1 to 4 turns on CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 3 4 Cam switch function The cam switch function allows users to output the ON OFF status of any of the output terminals on the extension output module YO to YF according to the value in CHO
58. channel 0 CH1 Coincidence output 1 to 2 are assignment setting assigned to CH1 and Coincidence output 3 channel Coincidence output 3 to 4 are l 1 CH2 assignment setting assigned to CH2 Coincidence output 4 channel l 1 CH2 assignment setting Coincidence output 3 is CH1 PWM output assignment setting 0004h assigned to the PWM output terminal RWw1D Coincidence output 1 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel o assignment setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 are Coincidence output 3 channel ET assigned to CH1 assignment setting l Coincidence output 4 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 are CH1 PWM output assignment setting 000F ahed to the PWM outout assigned to the outpu RWw1D i j i terminal Point For Coincidence output that is assigned as the PWM output terminal in CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 the setting in Coincidence output 1 to 4 comparison condition setting is disabled Operation The error code 0670p is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A since the Coincidence output is assigned to Coincidence output 3 that is used by CH2 At this time Error status flag RXA and the ERR LED turns on Coincidence output 1 to 4 are assigned to the PWM output terminal and the operation is performed The same PWM waveform is output from all the Coincidence output terminals CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 3 Setting
59. counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned on until CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F turns on Doing so may perform counting with the previous setting 139 3 Operation example of the periodic pulse counter function The following figure shows an operation example of storing each calculated value in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F based on the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 counted within the preset cycle time 1ms RESEN gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON 7 CHU Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF 200 CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHU Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3DY2 CHU Counter function detection RX25 RX3D CHL Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHUO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D CHU Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F CHL Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag RWr20 63 RWr38 b3 CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count va
60. diagram and When an error or warning for the high speed counter module occurs an icon error status appears Display of selected station The communication status of the station selected in Networks Status can be status and error details checked The transient communication route and whether the communication is Communication Test established from the connected station to the destination station can be checked The reaching time and the route of the IP communication from the connected IP Communication Test station to the target station can be checked This function is unavailable for the high speed counter module The cable status between the connected station and the destination station Cable Test User s manual for the can be checked master local module Link Start Stop The network data link can be started and stopped need The history of various events that occurred in the network can be checked Network Event History 176 A reservation for a station can be temporarily cancelled and the cancellation Reserved Station Function Enabl can be disabled Also the station numbers for the modules set as reserved nable stations can be checked on a list A station not set as an error invalid station can be temporarily set as an error Enable Disable Ignore invalid station and the error invalid station setting can be disabled Also the Station Errors station numbers for the modules set as temporarily error ignore stat
61. does not count normally Check item Does a program used read out the present value in unit of 2 words 32 bits Is the preset value within the count range of the ring counter when the counter format is the ring counter Are the shielded twisted pair cables used for pulse input wiring Are measures against noise taken for the adjacent devices and inside the control panel Measures Is the distance between the high voltage against l EENT A equipment and pulse input line kep enough Does any noise come from the grounded part of the high speed counter module 228 Action Read out it in unit of 2 words 32 bits Set the preset value so that the value is within the count range of the ring counter Use the shielded twisted pair cables for pulse input wiring Take noise reduction measures such as attaching a CR surge suppressor to the magnet switch Bundle up the pulse input lines in a single tube and keep a distance of 150mm or more between the pulse input lines and the power line even inside the control panel Separate the grounding cable of the high speed counter module from the grounded part If the case of the high speed counter module touches the grounded part separate it CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Check item Action Check the pulse waveform with a synchronoscope If the input pulse does not Does the input pulse waveform meet the performance oo meet the performance specifications
62. e This signal inputs minus side of phase Z CH1 Function input 24V FUNC1 5V B07 CH1 Function input 5V Turn on this signal to execute the selected counter function start FUNC2 24V B05 CH2 Function input 24V command by the external signal FUNC2 5V B04 CH2 Function input 5V LATCH1 24V A08 CH1 Latch counter input 24V LATCH1 5V e Turn on this signal to latch a count value by the extemal signal e The count value is latched and stored in remote registers when this signal becomes on e Common for latch counter input CTRLCOM A06 BO6 Control input common e It is common between channels EQU1 Coincidence output 1 e With the coincidence output function activated the high speed EQU2 Coincidence output 2 counter module outputs a signal when the count value is matched with the preset comparison condition EQU3 Coincidence output 3 e When the PWM output function is used the high speed counter Output EQU4 Coincidence output 4 module outputs the PWM waveform e It inputs OV when Coincidence output 1 to 4 are used EQUCOM A02 B02 Coincidence output common e Common for coincidence outputs e It is common between channels CH1 Phase Z input 5V e Turn on this signal to replace a count value by the external signal The count value is replaced with the preset value when this signal B15 CH1 Phase Z differential input necomes pn when CH1 Z phase Preset trigger setting is set to 0 Rising CH1 Phase Z
63. e When CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is not equivalent to CHO Periodic pulse count value update check 16 2E Periodic pulse count RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F a data mismatch occurs Read again 17 2F value update check CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 257 Sla siIBay Jow Y jo sj ez q zZ xipueddy 4 Remote registers RWr18 to RWr1F RWr30 to RWr37 Address RWr CH1 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F 258 32 33 34 35 36 37 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value Measured pulse value Function input terminal Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal Description e This area stores the count value latched when the latch counter function by latch counter input terminal is selected For the overview of the operation refer to Page 127 Section 8 5 e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the frequency value measured when the frequency
64. error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Noise effect or a hardware failure may be the cause If the same error occurs again after the measures against noise are taken please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Error code hexadecimal 0110 01204 01304 Classification Non volatile memory data error module operation information Moderate error Non volatile memory data error parameter Moderate error Non volatile memory data Moderate error error Extended parameter Description and cause The module operation information stored in the nonvolatile memory is abnormal The parameter data stored in the nonvolatile memory are abnormal The extended parameter data stored in the nonvolatile memory are abnormal CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error occurs The oth CHs Action Initialize the module operation information in the nonvolatile memory by setting Module operation information initialization command address 10044 to Not commanded 0 gt Commanded 1 Not commanded 0 Note that the number of ON times integration value is initialized to 0 Take measures against noise such as using a shielded cable for connection If the same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Set the pa
65. foreach phenomenon 228 U WLS S Eset econ aa orci ecasosey e ahaha eat wicca ht atte 221 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWWF 0 cece eee eee eee 262 W Warning status flag RX7 0000 236 Wiring of connectors for external devices 68 Wiring of Ethernet cable 65 Wiring with terminal block for module power supply GFO ee tottdpag eet as dee a Se ee 63 297 REVISIONS The manual number is given on the bottom left of the back cover Print date March 2013 SH NA 081129ENG A First edition edition Japanese manual version SH 081128 A This manual confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind nor does it confer any patent licenses Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this manual 2013 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION 298 WARRANTY Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product 1 Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range If any faults or defects hereinafter Failure found to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis warranty term the product shall be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi Service Company However
66. in the master station e LS Link scan time e n2 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of LS SM aul Aejag asuodsey pue 9jOAQD jOsUOD ewslU y XIpu ddy 285 Appendix 5 EMC and Low Voltage Directives Compliance to the EMC Directive which is one of the EU Directives has been a legal obligation for the products sold in European countries since 1996 as well as the Low Voltage Directive since 1997 Manufacturers who recognize their products are compliant to the EMC and Low Voltage Directives are required to attach a CE mark on their products 1 Sales representative in EU member states Authorized representative in EU member states is shown below Name Mitsubishi Electric Europe BV Address Gothaer Strasse 8 40880 Ratingen Germany Appendix 5 1 Measures to comply with the EMC directive The EMC Directive specifies that products placed on the market must be so constructed that they do not cause excessive electromagnetic interference emissions and are not unduly affected by electromagnetic interference immunity This section summarizes the precautions on compliance with the EMC Directive of the machinery constructed with the module These precautions are based on the requirements and the standards of the regulation however it does not guarantee that the entire machinery constructed according to the descriptions will comply with abovementioned directives The method and judgement for complying
67. input common e This signal inputs minus side of phase Z B14 CH2 Phase A pulse input 24V A14 e This signal inputs plus side of phase A pulse e This signal inputs minus side of phase A pulse Input A12 CH2 Phase B pulse input 5V e This signal inputs plus side of phase B pulse B11 CH2 Phase B pulse differential input A11 CH2 Phase B pulse input common e This signal inputs minus side of phase B pulse B10 CH2 Phase Z input 24V e This signal inputs plus side of phase Z CH2 Phase Z input 5V e Turn on this signal to replace a count value by the extemal Signal The count value is replaced with the preset value when this signal B09 CH2 Phase Z differential input se a CH2 Z phase Preset trigger setting is set ao ENEA CRES CEEA E ey e Common for function input a a 72 I O clas sifica tion Input CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 3 Interface with external devices The following table lists the high speed counter module interfaces to connect with external devices Input Operating voltage current Response Si name Operation pla ae d i guaranteed guaranteed time value value B Phase A pulse AM26C31 or differential input equivalent eje PhaseA pulse When ON ON 4 5 to 5 5V 4 to 8mA A14 CH2 13 1 input 5V Eo LA OFF 1 0MA or lower Phase Apils When ON 21 6 to 26 4V 4to6mA input 24V When OFF
68. input terminal RX31 RX49 Description When CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 is turned on CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 changes to Operating 1 The following processing are performed The remote input signal and remote register remain the same before the measured pulse value is stored e CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A turns off e The value in CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 changes to 0 The following processing is performed when the measured pulse value is stored e CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A turns on When CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 is turned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A and turns on CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 After that CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 is turned off CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is updated even if CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input
69. input terminal LATCH1 Check the external wiring and correct errors LATCH2 correct b When the module does not measure normally Check item Action Are the shielded twisted pair cables used for pulse input wiring Use the shielded twisted pair cables for pulse input wiring Are measures against noise taken for the adjacent Take noise reduction measures such as attaching a CR surge devices and inside the control panel suppressor to the magnet switch Measures Bundle up the pulse input lines in a single tube and keep a distance of Is the distance between the high voltage equipment against 150mm or more between the pulse input lines and the power line even nee and pulse input line kept enough inside the control panel Separate the grounding cable of the high speed counter module from Does any noise come from the grounded part of the the grounded part high speed counter module If the case of the high speed counter module touches the grounded part separate it Does a program used read out the 2 word data such as a i Read out it in unit of 2 words 32 bits measured pulse value in unit of 2 words 32 bits 234 11 5 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 5 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the PWM output mode 1 When the module does not perform normally Check item Does the CPU module indicate any error Are Coincidence output 1 to 4 assigned properly Is the external w
70. interval of AT or longer taken between change in the Set the interval of AT or longer between change in the setting in setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D RWw2D and the execution of preset and the execution of preset 4 For AT refer to the following Page 283 Appendix 4 3 When the cam switch function does not perform normal operation a When Cam switch output signal RWr2 does not turn on or off Check item Action Review the settings in Cam switch output unit assignment setting Is the cam switch output assigned properly address 01044 and Cam switch output channel assignment setting address 0105p Review the minimum setting width of the ON OFF status referring to For the step setting is the minimum setting width of the ON OFF the following Page 117 Section 8 3 4 Is the step setting within the count range of the ring counter when Review the step setting and set steps within the count range of the the counter format is the ring counter ring counter status proper b When only the output Y0 to YF of the extension output module does not turn on Check item Action Is the external power supply for the extension output module on Turn on the external power supply for the extension output module Is the external wiring at the output terminal of the extension output Check the external wiring and correct erro
71. is stored when a minor error occurs for each l 4 Page 260 Appendix 2 6 RWr23 RWr3B channel Errors independent from channels are station errors stored in CH1 Latest warning code RWr23 169 a Method for clearing a warning Error type Clearing an error Error code Other than A warning is cleared five seconds after the error cause is removed Minor error Warning O050 Error code Turning off then on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E resets 00504 the warning status of each channel 4 A warning results in the following state five seconds after the error cause is removed or CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E is turned off then on e Warning status flag RX7 turns off e CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F of a channel where the error cause is removed turns off e CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B of a channel where the error cause is removed is cleared e The ERR LED turns off Ex Operation to clear Station number switch change failure error code 0160p n gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Station number Station No 1 Station No 10 Station No 1 setting switch normal error l normal n ON Warning status flag ia i RX7 OFF i OFF CH1 Latest warning code A 01604 a 0 1 station number switch 0 rw ERR LED OFF Flashing OFF i dM_ _ gt ON 5 seconds Remote READY RXB 170 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 3 Method for clearing an error by executing t
72. l l l l l l Waveform after ft the change L SEE l Sa aant 2 SOSEN i j l l l Waveform to be output l 4 I gt e T t T Cycle time t Remaining ON width before the change ON width after the change When the ON time after the change is longer than the ON time before the change the ON waveform may be output at the time of the change depending on the changing timing Waveform before Change of the ON width of PWM output l l l I l K _ i 7 m i the change fod eee I ee i l l I l Waveform after oo rrp fo the change Lo l ae Waveform to be output I 1 1 I k T T Cycle time t Remaining OFF width before the change ON width after the change CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 17 Output HOLD CLEAR Setting Function When the high speed counter module is disconnected from data link or the CPU module operating status is STOP whether to hold or clear the last Coincidence output EQU1 to EQU4 and the output status of the extension output module can be set Set whether to hold or clear the values for all the output points of the module in a batch from the module parameter setting window of GX Works2 or the program 1 Output HOLD CLEAR setting and its operation The following table lists the ON OFF status of when HOLD or CLEAR is set for an output Output HOLD CLEAR setting Output HOLD CLEAR setting 0 CLEAR default 4 HOLD Operating status Last output Last output Last
73. module Function at the extension module The cam switch function can be used by connecting the extension I O module In addition functions unique to the extension I O module can be used With this function whether any network error occurs or not can be 4 The operation mode can be set in the parameter setting For details refer to the following Page 80 Section 7 1 installation CC Link IE Field Network diagnostic function 34 PWM output mode Reference Page 129 Section 8 6 Page 131 Section 8 7 Page 133 Section 8 8 Page 136 Section 8 9 Page 139 Section 8 10 Page 142 Section 8 11 Page 145 Section 8 12 Page 148 Section 8 13 Page 152 Section 8 14 Page 156 Section 8 15 Page 160 Section 8 16 Page 167 Section 8 17 Page 168 Section 8 18 Page 169 Section 8 19 Page 172 Section 8 20 Page 175 Section 8 21 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3 5 List of Remote I O Signals This section lists I O signals for a master local module In the example of the I O signal assignment described in this section the remote I O signals of the main module are assigned to the I O numbers of RXO to RX4F and RYO to RY4F Remote input RX indicates the input signal from the high speed counter module to the master local module Remote output RY indicates the output signal from the master local module to the high speed counter module The remote I O signals of the main mod
74. modules DIN rail stopper 8 Hold the DIN rail stopper in the direction opposite to aoe the arrow on the stopper and tighten the screw with a screwdriver 9 Install the DIN rail stopper on the right side of the DIN rail stopper module in the same procedure Install the stopper upside down for the right side Point Do not slide modules from the edge of the DIN rail when mounting them Doing so may damage the metal part located on UOHEI E SU E 9 the back of the module ieJ NIG uo s jnpow y Bununonw z g 9 Tighten the DIN rail mounting screws at intervals of 200mm or less 61 62 2 3 4 5 Removal procedure Remove the modules from the DIN rail by reversing the procedure above Applicable DIN rail model compliant with IEC 60715 e TH35 7 5Fe e TH35 7 5Al Interval between DIN rail mounting screws Tighten the screws at intervals of 200mm or less DIN rail stopper Use a stopper that is attachable to the DIN rail CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 4 Wiring with Terminal Block for Module Power Supply and FG 1 Tightening torque Tighten the terminal block screws within the following specified torque range Tightening the screws too much may damage the module case Screw type Tightening torque range Terminal block mounting screw M2 5 screw 0 2 to 0 3Nem Terminal screw M2 5 screw 0 5 to 0O 6Nem 2 Wire to be used The following table describes
75. name Operation y g z P sifica guaranteed guaranteed time tion CH1 CH2 value value Coincidence output 1 Coincidence output 2 e Operating load voltage 4 75 to 30VDC e Maximum load current 0 1A point e Maximum voltage drop at ON 0 5V Coincidence output Response time 3 OFF ON 1us or less rated load resistive load ON OFF 1us or less rated load resistive load Output Coincidence output 4 Coincidence output common 4 For EQU1 to EQU4 the assignment to CH1 or CH2 can be changed 4 ON OFF status of input signals The ON OFF status of input signals depends on external wiring and the logic setting The following table shows an example of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 The ON OFF status for other input signals is the same as CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 x External ON OFF status of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 in Logic status T wiring terms of the high speed counter module No voltage l OFF Positive logic applied Voltage applied ON No voltage ON Negative logic applied Voltage applied OFF 4 Configure the logic setting by CHO Function input logic setting address 01274 01474 For details on the setting refer to the following Page 267 Appendix 3 74 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 6 4 Encoders that can be connected This section lists the encoders that can be connected to the high speed counter module e
76. on D P a _ oint Y red Changing the station number setting switch while the module is powered on causes a minor error and flashes the ERR z LED gt Returning the station number setting switch to the previous setting eliminates the error after five seconds and turns off the S ERR LED 4 X 2 99 6 2 Installation Environment and Installation Position 6 2 1 Installation environment 1 Installation location Do not install the high speed counter module to the place where e Ambient temperature is outside the range of 0 to 55 C e Ambient humidity is outside the range of 5 to 95 RH e Condensation occurs due to rapid temperature change e Corrosive gas or combustible gas is present e Conductive powder such as dust and iron powder oil mist salinity or organic solvent is filled e The high speed counter module is exposed to direct sunlight e A strong electric field or strong magnetic field is generated and e The high speed counter module is subject to vibration and shock 2 Installation surface Install the high speed counter module on the flat surface When the installation surface is uneven excessive force is applied to the printed circuit board and may cause a defect 6 2 2 Installation position When installing the high speed counter module in a control panel provide clearance of 60mm or longer between the module and the sides of the control panel or neighboring modules to ensure good vent
77. output Last output ON Data link in ON J During disconnection cyclic stop ON 2 Setting method 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection W CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 For Output HOLD CLEAR setting select 0 CLEAR or 1 HOLD z Output HOLOWCLEAR setting 0 CLEAR Cyclic data update watch time setting jo Module based parameter main module EB Comparison output function Item Setting range e 0 CLEAR Output HOLD CLEAR setting 1 HOLD Point When the output status changes according to the change in the comparison result after the output is set to HOLD the output of the following functions changes e Coincidence output EQU1 to EQU4 of the coincidence output function e Coincidence output EQU1 to EQU4 of the PWM output function e Output of the extension output module that is used as the output of the cam switch function YO to YF uoouny Bues YVA10 G10H INdInO 448 167 8 18 Cyclic Data Update Watch Function This function monitors the cyclic data update interval When the cyclic transmission remains to be stopped over the set watch time this function holds or clears the value which is output just before In the cyclic transmission stop status the D LINK LED is flashing Data link in operation cyclic transmission stopped or
78. request flag RX8 turns on Set parameters using Initial data setting request flag RY9 and remote registers using Initial data processing completion flag RY8 278 APPENDICES 18 Station based control data address 10034 e When initialization of the parameter information and the extended parameter information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is completed Parameter area initialization completed address 10031 changes to Initialization is completed 1 e When Parameter area initialization command address 10024 is set to Not Parameter area commanded 0 Parameter area initialization completed address 1003 10034 initialization 00004 changes to Initialization is not performed 0 completed e The following shows the range of values which can be stored b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 olele lololol ele e11 1o 1o emittens not performed a 1 Initialization is 0 fixed completed 19 Station based control data address 1004 e The module operation information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is initialized by this command The module operation information can be initialized only when Nonvolatile memory data error module operation information error code 01104 has occurred e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 otoo olele e TT TTT J Not commanded 0 fixe
79. reset command Sampling count value RY28 Sampling count RY40 is turned off value The operation is the same as that of CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 except the signal name e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 by CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 is Update flag esmpiied reset completed or e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 is turned off The operation is the same as that of CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 except the signal name Periodic pulse count value sjeubis jndul ow Jo syiejaq xipueddy s euBls O I a owWsyY Jo sjlejeq X pu ddy 243 Remote input Signal name RX No CH1 Update flag Latch count value RX29 Update flag Sampling count value RX41 CH2 Update flag Periodic pulse count value 244 Description e This signal turns on when CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated lt Page 133 Section 8 8 gt Page 145 Section 8 12 CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated without resetting this flag e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is turned on e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Latch
80. set the value of each step No so that the following formula is satisfied Cam switch function Cam switch function Input pulse speed pps x Allowed time s lt step No i 1setting an No i setting Output Output e Allowable time AT gt x 2 output response time of the extension output module e Cam switch output No 1 to 16 e i Step No 1 to 15 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 4 Either of the output response time for switching on from off or that for switching off from on whichever is longer Ex When the input pulse speed is 10kpps and the output response time of the extension output module is 1 5ms Allowable time 0 5ms x 2 1 5ms 2 5ms Setting width of the ON OFF status 10 x 10 x 2 5 x 1079 25 Therefore set the difference between the values of Cam switch function step No i setting Output and Cam switch function step No i 1 setting Output to 25 or more 4 Timing of when the cam switch function setting is enabled The following table shows the timing of when the cam switch function is enabled CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E is enabled while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off or Initial data setting completion flag RX9 is off O Enable Disable Timing of when settings are enabled When Initial data setting When CHO Cam switch completion flag RX9 is turned execute command RY26 off then on RY3E is off then on Setting item C
81. setting 0 Coincide E Coincidence Output Coincidence output 4 comparison condition setting 0 Coincide E Within range Output seen Presetreplace setting at coincidence output Coinci 0 Present U e Point When Operation mode setting is set to a mode other than 0 Normal Mode the setting of Coincidence output 1 to 4 comparison condition setting is ignored UONOUNJ nd no BoUapIOUIOD ZE uoouny nd no uosuedwog g g 103 2 Comparison condition types and setting Depending on the selected comparison condition the range to be compared with the present value differs a Coincidence output Coincidence output 1 to 4 turn on when CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 matches with a point set in Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw 8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw 8 to ii RWwC to RWwD fT j Present value Coincidence output 1 to 4 ON Coincidence RX10 to RX13 output Coincidence output 1 to 4 OFF terminals EQU1 to EQU4 To turn off Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 use Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 b Within range output Coincidence output 1 to 4 turn on when both the following conditions are satisfied e When CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1
82. terminal RX32 RX4A is on CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 changes to Not operating 0 and the pulse measurement stops by turning off CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 If the pulse pulse ON width in this case is input before CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 changes to Operating 1 CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is not updated even when CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is turned off Note that the pulse that is input after the setting in CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 changes to Operating 1 is to be measured CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point When the pulse measurement function is executed with CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 the time to be taken to update CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 varies according to the time set in CHO Function input response time setting The same can be applied to the measurement with CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 except the differences such as the setting items 7 Pulse measurement difference between CHO Function input terminal FUNC FUNC2 and CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 The pulse measurement same as CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 can be applied to the measurement
83. the PRODUCT Prohibited Application Prohibited Applications include but not limited to the use of the PRODUCT in e Nuclear Power Plants and any other power plants operated by Power companies and or any other cases in which the public could be affected if any problem or fault occurs in the PRODUCT e Railway companies or Public service purposes and or any other cases in which establishment of a special quality assurance system is required by the Purchaser or End User e Aircraft or Aerospace Medical applications Train equipment transport equipment such as Elevator and Escalator Incineration and Fuel devices Vehicles Manned transportation Equipment for Recreation and Amusement and Safety devices handling of Nuclear or Hazardous Materials or Chemicals Mining and Drilling and or other applications where there is a significant risk of injury to the public or property Notwithstanding the above restrictions Mitsubishi may in its sole discretion authorize use of the PRODUCT in one or more of the Prohibited Applications provided that the usage of the PRODUCT is limited only for the specific applications agreed to by Mitsubishi and provided further that no special quality assurance or fail safe redundant or other safety features which exceed the general specifications of the PRODUCTs are required For details please contact the Mitsubishi representative in your region INTRODUCTION Thank you for purchasing the CC Link IE Field
84. the following link special relay SB and link special register SW e Own station data link status master station SBO049 e Data link status each station SWOOBO to SWO00B7 For the link special relay SB and link special register SW refer to the following 1 User s manual for the master local module used Ex Interlock example 2 Transient transmission program For a transient transmission program interlock with the following link special relay SB and link special register SW e Own station baton pass status master station SB0047 e Baton pass status each station SW00A0 to SW00A7 For the link special relay SB and link special register SW refer to the following User s manual for the master local module used Ex Interlock example tart contact SB47 SW A0 0 mns A a A a A DIET OLEO instruction to station No 1 178 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 3 Initial data processing request flag RX8 program To operate the high speed counter module the initial processing is required Since the high speed counter module does not operate until the initial processing is completed after the module is powered on always check that Remote READY RXB is on after the initial processing is performed For Initial data processing request flag RX8 program refer to the following lt gt Page 181 Section 9 3 Bulwiwes6oid JO SUOIINEDAId 16 179 9 2 180 Procedure for Programming Create a pro
85. the program to ensure that the entire system will operate safely When the module is disconnected due to a communication failure in the network or the CPU module is in the STOP status all outputs are held or turned off according to the parameter setting Configure an interlock circuit in the program to ensure that the entire system will always operate safely even in such a case If not an accident may occur due to an incorrect output or malfunction Outputs may remain on or off due to a failure of the module Configure an external circuit for monitoring output signals that could cause a serious accident Do not use any use prohibited signals as a remote input or output signal These signals are reserved for system use Do not write any data to the use prohibited area in the remote register If these operations are performed correct operation of the module cannot be guaranteed Design Precautions CAUTION Do not install the communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise Do not install the control lines together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 150mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise Installation Precautions WARNING Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before mounting or removing
86. the setting in Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 0101p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect Assign the channel where the PWM output mode is selected on Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 01014 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 A value other than 0 and 1 is set in CHO Counter format address 0124 0144p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect Set CHO Counter format address 01244 01444 to 0 or 1 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 A value other than 0 to 5 is set in CHO Counter function selection address 01264 0146p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect Set CHO Counter function selection address 01261 a 0146p to a value between 0 and 5 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 A value other than 0 and 1 is set in CHO Function Set CHO Function input logic input logic setting setting address 01274 address 01274 01474 13 01474 to 0 or 1 and turn off O indicates the channel then on Initial data setting where settings are request flag RYQ incorrect A value other than 0 and 1 is set in CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 0128 0148p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 00b to 10b is set in CHO Z phase input response time setting address 0129 b0 to b1 01491
87. this signal is on RX23 External Rising 00 command RY23 RY3B is turned on e Note that this signal does not turn on when External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting address 0125 b4 0145 b4 in CHO Phase Z setting address 0125p 0145 is set to Not ON at detection 1 This signal turns on only when External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting address 0125 b4 0145 b4 is set to ON at detection 0 e The following figure shows the case when Z phase Preset trigger setting address 0125 b0 to b1 0145 b0 to b1 in CHO Phase Z setting address 01254 0145p is set to preset replace Z Phase request Sa gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program detection CHU Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D 100 sjeubis ndu ow Jo syiejaq xipueddy s euBls O I a owWsyY Jo sjlejeq X pu ddy CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 CHU External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B RX3B l CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 t2 ATi e Up to ATi delay occurs until this signal turns on after the preset is completed 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 241 Remote input RX N Signa name name Description O e This signal turns on when the counter function starts by turn
88. to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 To output signals from Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 to outside enable output by turning on CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 Doing so enables all coincidence outputs assigned to the target channel in Coincidence output 1 to 4 channel assignment setting Comparison oor ie Comparison setting item Setting details Reference condition Point setting Coincidence output 1 to Coincidence Set the point to be compared with the present Page 261 Appendix 2 7 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 output value Page 262 Appendix 2 8 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD e Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2_ Set the upper and lower limit values for the area to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWwA to be compared with the present value Within range to RWwB RWwE to RWwF When the upper limit value is less than the Page 261 Appendix 2 7 e Lower limit value setting lower limit value Upper limit value setting error Page 262 Appendix 2 8 Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0_ Coincidence output 1 to 4 error code 03114 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to 0314p occurs to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD output or out of range output Point Turning off then on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 when the comparison condition is coincidence output or when the comparison setting item for within range output Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit
89. turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 is turned off 0 then on e When the coincidence output function is selected and a bit corresponding to Coincidence output 1 of Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 01024 is set to Within range Output 01 or Out of range Output 10 set the lower limit value e The following shows the setting range 2147483648 to 2147483647 e The reflection timing of the setting value Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 i l 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 is turned off then on 261 SJa siIBay a OwWsY Jo sjiejaq Zz xipueddy Address RWw CH1 262 8 Remote registers RWw2 to RWwF Description Default e When the coincidence output function is selected and a bit corresponding to Coincidence output 1 of Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 01021 is set to Within range Output 01 or Out of range Output 10 set the upper limit value e When a bit corresponding to Coincidence output 1 of Coincidence output comparison condition setting addr
90. turns off then on The following table lists the timing of when the settings related to the coincidence output function are enabled O Enable Disable Timing of when settings are enabled 2 When Setting When Initial data When Initial data rocessin setting request enang request Setting item 7 ae Coincidence Reference completion flag flag RY9Y is RY8 is turned turned off then off then on output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 is turned off then on Coincidence output 1 to 4 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 comparison condition setting Preset replace setting at coincidence output Coincidence output 1 to oe Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 r r Page 261 Appendix 2 7 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 O 1 O72 l Page 262 Appendix 2 8 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Lower limit value setting Coincidence Page 261 Appendix 2 7 Page 262 Appendix 2 8 output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Upper limit value setting Coincidence Page 261 Appendix 2 7 Page 262 Appendix 2 8 output 1 to 4 4 O oO RWw2 to RWw3 RWw 6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF 4 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 is on the setting data is checked 2 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 is on the setting data is not checked 3 For details on the preset replace at coincidence output function refer to the following Pa
91. value 0 or 100 in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the falling edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHL Count enable command RY24 RY3C CHU Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D 6 CHO Function input terminal K FUNC1 FUNC2 OFF i ea i E oe yo I DE o u rat 100 r Pulses actually input we 4 CHO Present value Hy a a RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 o ia a 1 A i I i 1 7 A I i 1 i 7 _ i bo we a n CHO Present value mo RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 i 4 stored in a remote register 0 i 7 l Count stop Count stop Count stop I 1 l 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 Description No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Counting starts by turning on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Counting stops at the rising edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 The value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the falling edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and the counting resumes Set any values to CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D Counting stops by turning off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Counting stops regardless of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 since CHO Count enable c
92. with the EMC Directive must be determined by the person who constructs the entire machinery 1 EMC Directive related standards a Emission requirements Specification Test details Standard value e 30M 230MHz CISPR16 2 3 Radio waves from the product QP 40dByuV m 10m in measurement range Radiated emission are measured e 230M 1000MHz QP 47dBuV m 10m in measurement range e 150k 500kHz CISPR16 2 1 CISPR16 1 2 Noise from the product to the QP 79dB Mean 66dB Conducted emission 2 power line is measured e 500k 30MHz QP 73dB Mean 60dB EN61131 2 2007 4 QP Quasi peak value Mean Average value 2 The module is an open type device a device designed to be housed in other equipment and must be installed inside a conductive control panel The tests were conducted with the module installed in a control panel 286 b Immunity requirements Specification EN61131 2 2007 1 2 EN61000 4 2 Electrostatic discharge immunity EN61000 4 3 Radiated radio frequency electromagnetic field immunity EN61000 4 4 Electrical fast transient burst immunity EN61000 4 5 Surge immunity EN61000 4 6 Immunity to conducted disturbances induced by radio frequency fields EN61000 4 8 Power frequency magnetic field immunity EN61000 4 11 Voltage dips and interruption immunity Immunity test in which electrostatic is applied to the cabinet of the equipment Immun
93. 00 4000 3 6667 149 uolouny juswaeinseayy Aousnbel4 48 Point After the start of the frequency measurement CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 turns on every time the measured value is stored in the remote register The value previously stored in the remote register is held while CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 is off Except at the start of the measurement 5 Operation example of the frequency measurement function The following figure shows an operation example of when CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 is set to 0 01s and CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw31 is set to 3 anaes Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHO Count enable command 1 5 RY24 RY3C CHU Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 CHU Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw371 10000 Frequency 5000 Time CHUO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 CHUO Frequency measurement flag RWr20 b4 RWr38 b4 CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 CHU Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 CHUO Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 T Frequency measurement time unit 150 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS No Description The following processing is performe
94. 01294 b4 to b5 0149 b4 to b5 Since CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated synchronizing with the internal control cycle a maximum of delay time shown below occurs until the acquired value is stored e AT Setting time of CHO Latch counter input response time setting address 01294 b4 to b5 01494 b4 to b5 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 128 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 6 Counter Function Selection When CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is input one of the functions shown below can be used The function can be selected for each channel 1 Counter function selection list Enable Disable Remote buffer memory setting Method CHO CHO CHO CHO Function Operation Counter i i Function input response CHO Selected CHO Function i mode function l i Function name f input logic time setting counterfunction input terminal setting selection l setting address start command FUNC1 address address address 01294 b2 to b3 RY25 RY3D FUNC2 01201 0126p 01274 01474 01494 b2 to b3 0140p 0146p function O Latch t t function 2 Setting method of the counter function selection 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XO CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Co
95. 1 e Turn on this signal to turn off Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 and Reset command coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 eat Coincidence output 1 e This signal is valid only when Coincidence Output Function 0 is selected in Comparison output setting address 01004 and Coincidence Output 00 is selected in Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102p RY 11 RN Conrat Sas gt Controlled by the high speed counter module PORE OUE Controlled by the program Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWwo0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RY12 Reset command RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Coincidence output 3 Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 Reset command CHU Present value RY13 RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Coincidence output 4 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 e Turn on this signal to reflect the changes of the following remote registers RWw RY14 peu change request to the high speed counter module in the coincidence output function Coincidence output 1 e Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to Setting change request RWwD Pe Coincidence output 2 e Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw 6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF e For Coincidence output 1 when Setting change requ
96. 1 8 8 Latch Counter Function Counter Function Selection 0 0 0 0 0 00 anana 133 8 9 Sampling Counter Function tecies 28 dha Be S Bale a ME eee Salen ed Po ha a ooe wie 136 8 10 Periodic Pulse Counter Function 0 0 0 00000 c ccc eee eens 139 8 11 Count Disable preset replace Function 0 0 0 0 000000 eee 142 8 12 Latch Counter preset replace Function 0 0 0 0 eee eee 145 8 13 Frequency Measurement Function 0 0 naaa anaana naeun 148 8 14 Rotation Speed Measurement Function 0 0 152 8 15 Pulse Measurement Function 0 0 00000 eee eens 156 S216 PWM O tpUt FUNCION siarsio ete hee uid May Pate ad tgd del gevead a O 160 8 17 Output HOLD CLEAR Setting Function 0 0 0 0 0c ce eee 167 8 18 Cyclic Data Update Watch Function 00 asaan aaaea eee eee 168 8 19 Error Notification Function 0 0 0 0 00 eee eens 169 8 20 Function at the Extension Module Installation 0 0000 eee 172 8 21 CC Link IE Field Network Diagnostic Function 0 0000 e eee eee 175 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 178 9 1 Precautions for Programming 0 0 00 ee eee eee eee 178 9 2 Procedure for Programming 6 242s dwewoe Goode sie VIA Sh See eed ieee wees 180 93 Program EXAME priehrada elect beeen d anand ates sede amb eeaead analy eS 181 CHAPTER 10 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION 203 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 205 11 1 Checking for the Error Codes and the Warnin
97. 2 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 External power supply monitoring function Using this function the high speed counter module monitors the ON OFF status of the external power supply and indicates it with the I O PW LED on the extension output module By using External power supply monitor request flag RY1F a moderate error is generated when the external power supply is off Thus the ON OFF status of the external power supply is notified and the extension output module can be stopped a External power supply monitoring function When the external power supply is turned off with External power supply monitor request flag RY1F on a moderate error occurs When using this function check that the external power supply stabilizes before turning on External power supply monitor request flag RY1F When turning off the external power supply turn off External power supply monitor request flag RY1F in advance Module power supply OFF 1 i i 1 External power i i 1 i supply OFF Error status flag RX36 1 i External power supply monitor l request flag OFF nS RY1F 1 External power supply monitor k 3 state flag eu sp RX1F o M ee 4 Errors which occur in the extension I O module are displayed in the error area of CH1 of the high speed counter module b Setting and checking the external power supply monitoring function Item Description Reference uonejlesuj jnpon uoisua xg 3y Je UONOUNY Q
98. 23 RX3B off 4 For AT refer to the following Page 283 Appendix 4 232 Action Check the external wiring and correct errors Set the interval of AT or longer between change in the setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D and the execution of preset Turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Note that the ON OFF time of CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B must be AY or longer _ Page 249 Appendix 1 2 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING c When the preset replace function by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 cannot be performed Check item Action Is the external wiring to CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 Check the external wiring and correct errors FUNC2 correct Is the interval of AT or longer taken between change in the Set the interval of AT or longer between change in the setting in setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D to RWw2D and the execution of preset and the execution of preset Turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase Is CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection request detection reset comma
99. 25 off RY3D 233 UOUSLUOUSUd YoeF JO Bujooussjgnos SL SPOW EWJOU y s Buiyas pow uogeado y UO Huas y UBUAA L LL 11 5 2 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the frequency measurement mode 1 When the module does not measure or perform normal measurement K gt Page 228 Section 11 5 1 1 11 5 3 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the rotation speed measurement mode 1 When the module does not measure or perform normal measurement KX gt Page 228 Section 11 5 1 1 11 5 4 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the pulse measurement mode 1 When the module does not measure or perform normal measurement a When the module does not measure Check item Action If an error is indicated with the CPU module refer to troubleshooting Does the CPU module indicate any error y on the user s manual for the CPU module used Is CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input Turn on the signal corresponding to the terminal to be measured terminal RY30 RY48 or CHO Pulse measurement start CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal command Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A the signal RY30 RY48 or CHO Pulse measurement start command Latch corresponding to the terminal to be measured turned on counter input terminal RY32 RY4A Are the external wirings to CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and CHO Latch counter
100. 28 to RWr29 c Ring counter lower limit value Ring counter upper limit value When the ring counter lower limit value equals to the ring counter upper limit value the counting range is from 2147483648 to 2147483647 regardless of CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 100 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point The setting values of CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B and CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 can be reflected by turning off then on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or by turning off then on Initial data setting request flag RYQ In that case however monitoring data such as CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is cleared For ordinary use reflect the setting values by turning off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is on the stored value does not change even if a value is written to CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 and CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B Turn off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C before changing CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B and CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 The OFF time must be longer than AT For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 Always turn off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C before cha
101. 29 Count value stored in CHOI Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Count stop 131 No 1 2 3 4 5 6 f 8 9 132 Description Counting starts by turning on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Counting stops by turning on CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Also CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns on by turning on CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Counting resumes by turning off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Also CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns off by turning off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Counting stops by turning on CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Counting resumes by turning off CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Counting stops by turning off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Counting stops regardless of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D since CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is off Counting remains stopped even if CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on since CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is on Counting resumes by turning off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 8 Latch Counter Function Counter Function Selection The latch counter function by counter function selection acquires CHO Present va
102. 2D RX45 turns off e The value in CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is cleared to 0 CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 turns on when a value is stored in CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 When CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value RY2C RY44 is turned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 and turns on CHO Update flag reset 3 completed Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value RY2C RY44 is turned off CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated even when CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 is on CHO Rotation speed measurement flag RWr20 b5 RWr38 b5 changes to Not operating 0 when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off 2 4 5 Point After the start of the rotation speed measurement CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 turns on every time the measured value is stored in CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 The value previously stored in the remote register is held while CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 is off Ex
103. 6 Beijer Electronics Eesti OU P rnu mnt 160i EE 11317 Tallinn Phone 372 0 6 51 81 40 Fax 372 0 6 51 81 49 Beijer Electronics OY Peltoie 37 FIN 28400 Ulvila Phone 358 0 207 463 540 Fax 358 0 207 463 541 UTECO 5 Mavrogenous Str GR 18542 Piraeus Phone 30 211 1206 900 Fax 30 211 1206 999 MELTRADE Kft Fert utca 14 HU 1107 Budapest Phone 36 0 1 431 9726 Fax 36 0 1 431 9727 Beijer Electronics SIA Ritausmas iela 23 LV 1058 Riga Phone 371 0 784 2280 Fax 371 0 784 2281 Beijer Electronics UAB Savanoriu Pr 187 LT 02300 Vilnius Phone 370 0 5 232 3101 Fax 370 0 5 232 2980 AUSTRIA BELARUS BELGIUM BELGIUM BULGARIA CROATIA CZECH REPUBLIC DENMARK ESTONIA FINLAND GREECE HUNGARY LATVIA LITHUANIA a MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ALFATRADE Ltd 99 Paola Hill Malta Paola PLA 1702 Phone 356 0 21 697 816 Fax 356 0 21 697 817 INTEHSIS srl bld Traian 23 1 MD 2060 Kishinev Phone 373 0 22 66 4242 Fax 373 0 22 66 4280 HIFLEX AUTOM TECHNIEK B V Wolweverstraat 22 NL 2984 CD Ridderkerk Phone 31 0 180 46 60 04 Fax 31 0 180 44 23 55 Koning amp Hartman b v Haarlerbergweg 21 23 NL 1101 CH Amsterdam Phone 31 0 20 587 76 00 Fax 31 0 20 587 76 05 Beijer Electronics AS Postboks 487 NO 3002 Drammen Phone 47 0 32 24 3000 Fax 47 0 32 84 85 77 Fonseca S A R
104. 7 s n d BHeYO A MOT pue OZ GC xlpueddy BAIOSJIP ONW 24 UM Aj dwod 0 seunsea y 1G xipueddy 288 2 Installation in a control panel The module is open type devices and must be installed inside a control panel This ensures safety as well as effective shielding of programmable controller generated electromagnetic noise a Control panel Use a conductive control panel When securing the top or bottom plate using bolts cover the grounding part on the control panel so that the part will not be painted To ensure electrical contact between the inner plate and control panel take measures such as covering the bolts so that conductivity can be ensured in the largest possible area Ground the control panel with a thick ground cable so that low impedance can be ensured even at high frequencies Holes in the control panel must be 10cm diameter or less If the holes are larger than 10cm radio wave may be emitted In addition because radio waves leak through a clearance between the control panel and its door reduce the clearance as much as possible The leakage of radio waves can be suppressed by the direct application of an EMI gasket on the paint surface Our tests have been carried out on a panel having the attenuation characteristics of 37 dB max and 30 dB mean measured by 3m method 30 to 300MHz b Wiring of power cables and ground cables e Near the power supply part provide a ground point to the control panel G
105. 8 FUNCTIONS 8 2 2 Ring counter function 1 Operation of the ring counter When 1 Ring Counter is selected for CHO Counter format pulses are counted repeatedly within the range between CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 and CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B specified by the user The overflow and underflow errors do not occur under the ring counter function The preset replace function and the comparison output function can be used together under the ring counter function as well as under the linear counter function The following figure shows the relationship among CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 and CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 2147483647 CHU Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 0 RWr28 to RWr29 CHL Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 2147483648 No Description When CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is counted up from CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 1 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 1 CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 2 Count up pulse input is changed to count down pulse input When CHO Present value RWr10
106. 83 Appendix 4 Due to coincidence detection processing inside the high speed counter module the counter value greater or smaller corresponding to Counter value greater smaller signal RWr0 is not updated at the same time when Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turns off then on Therefore the counter value greater or smaller may be 1 even though it is not the correct value Even if Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD is changed the present value is not compared with the changed value unless Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 is turned off then on 109 UONOUNJ nd no BoUapIOUIOD Z E g uoouny nd no uosuedwog g g b Operation example of within range output The following figure shows the timing to enable Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 1000 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 2000 and an operation example of when the present value reaches the setting range 1000 to 2000 for the case where within range output is set as the comparison condition Note that Coincidence output 1 is assigned to CH1 eo gt Controlled by the high speed counter module _ Controlled by the program ON CH1 Coincidence output 3 enable command RY20 OFF l ON Setting change request 1 Coincidence output 1 RY14 OFF i Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 Lower limit value s
107. A 6 CHOU Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF 3 CHU Preset value setting 7 5003 RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C toRWw2D 0 KO CHO Function input terminal i FUNC1 FUNC2 OFF i 150 2 A ia a oer 17 Ps ma uct T paS I i A A ae re Pulses actually input Uh nn ee oe CHO Present value 100 T mog RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 s 4 OU eee aa ts ee a io oe an 50 a yi F anea Present value stored r eee aia te as in a remote register 100 63 CHL Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B 50 cCHO Update flag Latch count value gt RX29 RX41 OFF i CHL Update flag reset command 5 Latch count value RY28 RY40 OFF i CHL Update flag reset completed i Latch count value RX28 RX40 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 146 No 1 2 3 4 5 6 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Description Counting starts by turning on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and the value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the rising edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 After CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 turns on Set any values to CHO Preset value setting
108. A are not in the ascending values in the ascending order Output 9 order and turn off then on CHO Cam O indicates the channel switch execute command where settings are RY26 RY3E incorrect The values set in Cam switch function step No 1 Set Cam switch function step l to No 16 setting Output No 1 to No 16 setting Output Cam switch 10 address 19824 to 10 address 19824 to 19A1 04104 Moderate error JUNGHOMESIAP 19A1p are not in the to values in the ascending 214 No setting error Output 10 ascending order O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect order and turn off then on CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error Error code occurs Description and Classification Action hexadecimal cause The values set in Cam switch function step No 1 to No 16 setting Output Set Cam switch function step i No 1 to No 16 setting Output cone 16 address 1C82 to 16 address 1C82 to 1CA1 04164 Moderate error see nas 1CA1 are not in the w 7 to values in the ascending No setting error Output 16 ascending order order ang turn off then on CHO O indicates the channel Cam switch execute command where settings are RY26 RY3E incorrect Set CHO Time unit setting If the If the Sampling counter Periodic parameters are parameters are pulse counter RWw16 written with the written with the RWw2E to 0 or 1 and perform para
109. A process of stopping data link if a data link error occurs A module with the CC Link IE Field Network communication function which can be used as a single remote module Extension modules can be connected to this module The abbreviation for the CC Link IE Field Network high speed counter module An instruction that simplifies programming for using functions of intelligent function modules A remote module that does not support the CC Link IE Field Network communication function This module cannot be used as a single module However connecting the module to the main module will increase the number of I O points per station A generic term for extension modules where a digital signal can be input or output A station that includes two or more network modules Data are passed through this station to stations on other networks A process of restarting data link when a station recovers from an error A station reserved for future use This station is not actually connected but counted as a connected station 13 14 PACKING LIST The following items are included in the package of this product Before use check that all the items are included High speed counter module WW WO Wen i SS I E Module Before Using the Product CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE This chapter describes the operation the application and the features of the high speed counter modul
110. Bit data input from a slave station to the master station For some areas in a local station data are output in the opposite direction I User s manual for the master local module used A device RX RY RWr or RWw in a module on CC Link IE Field Network Term Link special relay SB Link special register SW Routing Local station Disconnection Main module High speed counter module Dedicated instruction Extension module Extension I O module Relay station Return Reserved station Description Bit data that indicates the operating status and data link status of a module on CC Link IE Field Network Bit data that indicates the operating status and data link status of a module on CC Link IE Field Network A process of selecting paths for communication with other networks On CC Link IE Field Network set a network route with the routing parameter in advance to communicate with a station that is set a different network number A high speed counter module does not need to set the routing parameter Communications with other networks are performed according to the routing parameters set to the master station A station that includes a CPU module and can communicate with the master station and other local stations This station can create simplified CC Link IE Controller Network by combining the master station and other local stations The station can perform the cyclic transmission and transient transmission
111. CC IE Field configuration of GX Worksz2 In addition setting status and operation status of modules can be checked easily Parameters for the NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Parameter Processing of Slave Station TENTEN I Method selection Parameter write I l l l I Checked parameters are the targets of selected uah sea o Sueda p Name Initial valuel jRead Value Write Value Setting Range Unit Description Input response time setting 5 10ms I v Setthe input respo OutputHOLD CLEAR setting 0 CLEAR g HOLD Setwhetherto hole 0 10 0 to 20 x100ms_ Set the cyclic data dule based parameter main module I vi Comparison outputtunction Wooo Comparison output setti 0 Coincideg 0 Coincide Setthe comparisor Coincidence outputich 0 CH1 gp xem __ Seta channel to be Coincidence output 2 ch 0 CH1 P cH Setachanneltobe Coincidence output 3 ch 0 CH1 1 te cH2 Seta channel to be a Hees m mrsa I o ary li I gt Parameter Information Parameters can be intuitively set for the function to be used without a manual far All Write Yalue Process Oy ed process Function name Setting value The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current
112. CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned off RX35 gt Controlled by the high speed counter module ON width settin i Controlled by the program change completed CHO ON width setting change request PWM output PWM output RY35 RY4D s euBls O I a oWsyY Jo sjlejeq X pu ddy CHU ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 RX4D sjeubis ndu ow Jo sjiejaq xipueddy CHU ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D 247 Remote input er Signal name Description RX No e This signal turns on when a moderate error or major error occurs on a channel corresponding to this signal e This signal turns off when CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E is turned on and no moderate error or major error newly occurs See Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program RX36 ON CHU Error reset command RY36 RY4E OFF Pe i CHL Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A 1200 X 0 Error status i ON E CHU Error status i N e RX36 RX4E OFF N ON N Error status flag S lt RXA OFF CHL Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B 1050H xq 0 RX4E CH2 i CHL Warning status i Ne i Sry RX37 RX4F OFF J N S Warning status flag S SA RX7 OFF 1 This signal cannot be reset arbitrarily by output signals such as CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E depending on warning codes error co
113. CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual Execute Close 4 When the window shown on the left is displayed uooun4 UOReIIJON 10113 61 S MELSOFT Series GX Works click the button 5 The error for the high speed counter module is cleared 171 8 20 Function at the Extension Module Installation One extension I O module can be connected to one high speed counter module In addition functions unique to the extension I O module can be used Point Turn off the high speed counter module before replacing the extension I O module If the extension module is removed when the module power supply is on the error code 1F00 is stored to CH1 Latest error code RWr22 Error status flag RXA turns on and the ERR LED turns on The main module stops its operation After replacing the extension I O module write the parameters again 1 Functions available with an extension I O module connected Function Reference Cam switch function Page 117 Section 8 3 4 External power supply monitoring function Page 173 Section 8 20 2 Output HOLD CLEAR setting function Page 167 Section 8 17 Cyclic data update watch function Page 168 Section 8 18 Input response time setting function Page 174 Section 8 20 3 Number of ON times integration function CC Link IE Field Network Remote I O Module User s Manual 4 The function cannot be used with the cam switch function 17
114. Default APPENDICES Appendix 4 internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time For the high speed counter module responses are delayed by the causes shown in 1 to 3 1 Scan time of the program in the master station SM This scan time causes delays of remote I O signals remote registers and remote buffer memory 2 Link scan time LS This is the time taken for sending data from each station on the network and finishing the one cycle For details refer to the following User s manual for the master local module used 3 Control cycle of the high speed counter module AT gt Up to AT AT 5x2 delay occurs until the high speed counter module completes processing after the module reads remote output signals remote registers and remote buffer memory updated by the program In addition the update timing of remote input signals remote registers and remote buffer memory fluctuates within one control cycle Indicates the maximum delay time of internal processing ATs x 2 AT i Link scan time is not included in AT4 AT Internal control cycle time 0 5ms j Link scan time is not included in AT gt E AT Processing time for acquiring data for the maximum setting number of The smaller the number of steps the 3 steps of cam switches 16 points x 16 steps and analyzing them 40ms shorter the processing time aul Aejag suods y pue p jOsUOD eusazu y XIpu ddy 283 4 Examples of
115. FF 3 en et SONY 1 Description When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 equals to Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 Coincidence output 1 RX10 turns on The preset replace function is performed at the rising state off to on of Coincidence output 1 RX10 Turn on Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 and turn off Coincidence output 1 RX10 so that Coincidence output 1 RX10 rises off to on when the next CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 Point setting coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 is made If CH1 Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 was changed in advance the preset replace function is performed with the changed value If Coincidence output 1 RX10 was not reset Coincidence output 1 RX10 remains on without rising when CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw 1 is made Therefore the preset replace function d not operate oes 115 uoun nd no uosuedwog g g UONOUN nd no SOUSPIOUIOD je BOe daueSeald E ER 116 Point 2 While CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on values cannot be replaced by this function as well as by CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 Turn off then on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B to turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B Have a AT or longer interval after
116. H1 Periodic pulse count difference value CH1 Periodic pulse count present value and CH1 Periodic pulse count value update check to D1118 to D1123 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value 9 dwexy weibold 6 195 196 d Program for the comparison output function e Program for the coincidence output function X1008 X1009 X22 s AS Y1020 X22 RST Y1020 X1008 X1009 X1008 X1009 Y1020 X1010 Y1010 a A _f 4___ QG L a X1010 X25 n MOV W1100 D1100 D1100 0 SET Y1010 D1100 1 X1010 Y1010 s Ae SA Y1010 x1008 X1009 Y1020 X1011 S E 711051 e Program for overflow underflow detection processing MOV W1120 D1132 D1132 1 _ a __ 1052 D1192 2 bY 1053 f Program for an error warning reset X100A X1036 H lt gt W1122 KO Hl MOV wit D1134 X1007 X1037 lt gt W1123 KO J RNM W112 D1135 X100A X1036 X3C m Y1036 X1007 X1037 g Program for reading the error history X3D M202 SB47 SW A0 0 KO M200 M201 ff ET M202 KO gt 1ZP REMFR Ji K2 K1 HO HOA0O D3000 K240 M200 X3D RST M202 Turn on CH1 Coincidence output enable command Turn off CH1 Coincidence output enable command Output Coincidence output 1 to YO of an extension module Read Counter value greater smaller signal to D1100 Turn on Reset command Coincidence output 1 Turn off Reset command
117. HO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 e The following shows the setting range 0 Pulse ON Width 1 Pulse OFF Width e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal 012By 014B 12 Module based monitoring data address 06004 e This area stores the channel assignment statuses of coincidence outputs e The following shows the range of values which can be stored b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 DS b4 b3 b2 b1 oTe To o o o o o Pras pmar peee ier Channel assignment output4 output3 output2 output 1 pone Canadencs adro Free 00 No Assignment 1104 01 CH1 10 CH2 e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared 274 APPENDICES 13 Module based monitoring data address 06204 to 06214 0640 to 0641 Address Lae Description Default e This area stores the present operation mode e The following shows the range of values which can be stored 0 Normal Mode 1 Frequency Measurement Mode 06204 0640 Operation mode 2 Rotation Soeed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode 4 PWM Output Mode e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the counter function currently valid e The following shows the range of values whi
118. HO Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 239 Coincidence output channel assignment setting address O01 Ola 1s ec eae A a he ws 268 Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 01024 ss s28es 2o5 e tae teow S38 268 Coincidence output function 103 Comparison output function 102 Comparison output setting address 0100y 268 Connecting extension modules 58 Connecting the Ethernet cable 65 Connector crimp tool 0 000 70 Connectors for external devices 23 0 Control cycle of the high speed counter module AT gt bets e E etc he Sod ts pk rede sas as Ache ee 283 Count disable function 0000 131 Count disable preset replace function 142 Counter function selection 4 129 Counter value greater smaller signal RWr0 255 CV CGNs he id Soka By deca aed ea dB ee adn Sk 92 Cyclic data update watch function 168 Cyclic data update watch time setting address 00034 0 uh kta ve ww ee OW ee 267 BE Gl Be lB rr ee ge ee eee ae eee eee 22 Details of remote buffer memory addresses 267 Details of remote I O signals 236 Details of remote registers 255 DIN rail hook 1 0 ee 23 DIN rail stopper 4 ae aos SE a SS Res 62 Disconnectin
119. Initial data processing request flag RX8 is on the setting data is not checked 102 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 3 2 Coincidence output function The coincidence output function compares CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 with a coincidence detection point or with an area divided by the coincidence output upper lower limit value and outputs the comparison result from Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 At coincidence output Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turns on The unit to output the comparison result is called coincidence output Four points are assigned to coincidence output The present value is compared with each point and the comparison result is output from the point 1 Setting method of the coincidence output function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set 0 Coincidence Output Function for Comparison output setting Fe Comparison output function H Comparison output setting H Coincidence output 1 channel assignme o D o Coincidence Output Function mcm 1 Cam Swich Function H Coincidence output 1 comparison condition setting H Coincidence output 2 comparison condition setting Coincidence output 3 comparison condition
120. Jodo Francisco do Casal 87 89 PT 3801 997 Aveiro Esgueira Phone 351 0 234 303 900 Fax 351 0 234 303 910 Sirius Trading amp Services srl Aleea Lacul Morii Nr 3 RO 060841 Bucuresti Sector 6 Phone 40 0 21 430 40 06 Fax 40 0 21 430 40 02 INEA RBT d o 0 Izletnicka 10 SER 113000 Smederevo Phone 381 0 26 615 401 Fax 381 0 26 615 401 SIMAP s r o Jana Derku 1671 SK 911 01 Trencin Phone 421 0 32 743 04 72 Fax 421 0 32 743 75 20 PROCONT spol s r o Pre ov K peln 1 A SK 080 01 Pre ov Phone 421 0 51 7580 611 Fax 421 0 51 7580 650 INEA RBT d 0 0 Stegne 11 SI 1000 Ljubljana Phone 386 0 1 513 8116 Fax 386 0 1 513 8170 Beijer Electronics AB Box 426 SE 20124 Malmo Phone 46 0 40 35 86 00 Fax 46 0 40 93 23 01 Omni Ray AG Im Schorli 5 CH 8600 D bendorf Phone 41 0 44 802 28 80 Fax 41 0 44 802 28 28 GTS TURKEY Bayraktar Bulvari Nutuk Sok No 5 TR 34775 Yukar Dudullu Umraniye ISTANBUL Phone 90 0 216 526 39 90 Fax 90 0 216 526 3995 CSC Automation Ltd 4 B M Raskovoyi St UA 02660 Kiev Phone 380 0 44 494 33 55 Fax 380 0 44 494 33 66 MALTA MOLDOVA NETHERLANDS NETHERLANDS NORWAY PORTUGAL ROMANIA SERBIA SLOVAKIA SLOVAKIA SLOVENIA SWEDEN SWITZERLAND UKRAINE T00 Kazpromavtomatika KAZAKHSTAN Ul Zhambyla 28 KAZ 100017 Karaganda Phone 7 7212 50 1000 Fax 7 7212
121. Link IE Field Network Remote I O Module User s Manual The value of the module power supply current in the extension module described in the specifications is the value of the module power supply current supplied from the main module High speed counter module Extension module NZ2GFCF D62PD2 pa NZ2EX2B1 16T n 250mA Module power supply current 220mA Module power supply current 30mA Total current consumption 3 4 The following table lists the functions of the high speed counter module Linear counter function Ring counter function Comparison output function Function name Coincidence output function Preset replace at coincidence output function Function List This function counts pulses between 2147483648 and 2147483647 and detects an overflow underflow when the count value is outside the range This function repeatedly counts pulses between the upper limit value and lower limit value of the ring counter This function compares the count value with the preset comparison condition and outputs ON OFF signals when they match coincidence detection point or a detection area and outputs ON OFF signals from the coincidence output terminal when they match value at the rising edge of Coincidence output 1 and 2 This function compares the count value with the preset output status ON OFF address of the coincidence output and outputs ON OFF signals from the extension output module when they Ca
122. MITSUBISHI Mitsubishi Programmable Controller CC Link IE Field Network High Speed Counter Module User s Manual NZ2GFCF D62PD2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Read these precautions before using this product Before using this product please read this manual and the relevant manuals carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly The precautions given in this manual are concerned with this product only For the safety precautions of the programmable controller system refer to the user s manual for the CPU module used In this manual the safety precautions are classified into two levels A WARNING and N CAUTION WARNING Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions resulting in death or severe injury Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions NCAUTION resulting in minor or moderate injury or property damage Under some circumstances failure to observe the precautions given under N CAUTION may lead to serious consequences Observe the precautions of both levels because they are important for personal and system safety Make sure that the end users read this manual and then keep the manual in a safe place for future reference Design Precautions NWARNING Inthe case of a communication failure in the network data in the master module are held Check Data link status each station SWOOBO to SW00B7 and configure an interlock circuit in
123. Measurable frequency minimum 1s 1Hz 0 1s 10Hz 0 01s 100Hz When a unit of time is 0 01s and the input frequency is 1234Hz the measured frequency value is 1200Hz or 1300Hz By doing the moving average count the fluctuation of the measured values can be lowered 4 Moving average count When the frequency measurement function is used the fluctuation of the measured frequency values can be lowered by doing the moving average count Set the number of the moving average count to CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw31 Setting item Setting range Reference 1 to 100 CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement When 1 is set the operation is performed RWw19 RWw31 with the moving average count regarded as not being done Page 265 Appendix 2 12 After the specified number of counts are done the average of the measured frequency values is stored in CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 as shown below Ex When the number for CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw31 is set to 3 CHU Count enable command RY24 RY3C 10000 5 Remote register i CHL Measured 1st storage frequency value P i 2nd storage RWr1A to RWr1B Frequency 5000 RWr32 to RWr33 Time T Time unit 3rd storage 1st storage 1 2 3 3 5000 7000 8000 3 6667 2nd storage 2 3 4 3 7000 8000 8000 3 7667 3rd storage 3 4 5 3 8000 80
124. Nd JIPOWSq OLY 8 11 Count Disable preset replace Function The count disable preset replace function executes the count disable function and the preset replace function according to the status change of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 without switching the functions by the counter function selection 1 Setting method of the count disable preset replace function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XXO CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 4 Count disable Preset replace Function in CHO Counter function selection ree CH1 Counter function selection 4 Count disable Presetreplace Function H CH1 Function input logic setting CHI Latch counter input logie s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function tee CH1 Z phase input response ti PS 1 Latch Counter Function 2 Sampling Counter Function ae CH1 Function oput re znane tls 2 EE a a D a Pernndr Pule Courier F uniia LU a O 4 Count disable Presetreplace Function H HT Pulse measurement setti 0 Pulse 5 Latch counterPresetreplace Function 142 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 Operation example of the count disable preset replace function The following figure shows an operation example of stopping counting while CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on and storing the preset
125. O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect w A pulse from CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 or FUNC2 is beyond the measurable range approx 214s O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect ow A value other than 0 and 1 is set in CHO Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal address 012Ay 014A O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect Action Set CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw31 to a value between 1 and 100 and turn off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Set CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 to a value between 0 and 2 and turn off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Set CHO Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 to a value between 1 and 100 and turn off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Set CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 to a value between 0 and 2 and turn off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Set CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 to a value between 1 and 8000000 and turn off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Measure pulses within the measurable range To resume the measurement take either of the following actions e Input the target pulses again e Turn off then on CHO Pulse measurement start command Function in
126. OFF 5V or lower 5V or lower lower 1 0mA or lower input common B17 BH Phase B pulse AM26C31 or differential input equivalent Phase B pulse When ON ON 4 5 to 5 4 5105 5V 4 to 8mA A12 input 5V aa OFF 4 0mA or lower Phase B pulse When ON 21 6 to 26 4V 4 to 6mA 2402 2702 4 1kQ input 24V B 8209 2402 2702 4 1kQ 8200 When OFF OFF 5V or lower 5V or lower lower 1 0mA or lower Ph input common Phase Z differential When ON ON AM26C31 or input Rises OFF When OFF OFF 2 5Us or less Z input common When ON ON 4 5 to 5 4 510 5 5V 7 to 7 to12mA 20us or less B04 Function input 5V eee OFF si or lower 100us or less 3902 2 32kQ foe Function input 24V 470 When ON 21 6 to 26 4V 7 to 12mA 20us or less When OFF OFF 5V or lower 5V or lower lower 1 1 0mA or lower 1 0mA or lower lower 100us or less BO6 BO6 Control input A06 A06 common When ON 4 5 to 5 5V 7 to 12mA 20us or less A07 A04 Latch counter input When ON 5V When OFF 4 0mA or lower 100us or less When ON 21 6 to 26 4V 7 to 12mA 20us or less aos AOS Latch counter input 24V When OFF 5Vorlower 1 0mA or lower 100us or less equivalent 2402 2702 4 1kQ 8200 13 S9DIAVP EUII X9 UIM SSOeLIS UI O I 99 S9DIAVQ CUI9 XF JO SJOJOOUUND JO Bulli 9 9 I O DELI Input Operating clas oltage current Response Signal
127. Open collector output type encoders e CMOS level voltage output type encoders e Line driver output type encoders AM26LS31 or equivalent Point Verify that the encoder output voltage meets the specifications of the high speed counter module TTL level voltage output type encoders cannot be used with the high speed counter module D98 D8UUO0D q UBD zey SJOPOOUZ f 9 9 S9DIAVG BUI9 XJ JO SIOJOOUUOD JO Bulli 9 9 19 6 Wiring Example Between a High Speed Counter Module and an Encoder 1 Example of wiring with an open collector output type encoder 24VDC High speed counter module Phase A Shielded twisted pair cable Phase B Phase Z External 24vpc Point When wiring the high speed counter module and an encoder separate power cables and signal cables The following figure shows examples Example of correct wiring High speed COM counter module Pulse input High speed COM counter module Pulse input Because a current flows through the shielded twisted pair cables in the same direction canceling effect does not work and pulses become susceptible to electromagnetic induction 76 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 2 Example of wiring with a voltage output type encoder 5VDC High speed counter module Phase A av I azta Encoder Phase B 2402 2702 4 1kQ 224 4 8200 Phase Z External 5vpc Sea 4 pone supply ov 3
128. Page 167 Section 8 17 e The following shows the setting range 0003 0 to 20 increments of 100ms However when 0 is set monitoring is not performed e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on 267 3 Module based parameter data address 01004 to 0101 Address were Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the comparison output function e The following shows the setting range 0100 Comparison output 0 Coincidence Output Function y setting 1 Cam Switch Function e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set a channel to be compared for Coincidence output 1 to 4 e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi Coincidence output i I 0104 channel assignment eee et 0000 setting 1 Coincidence output 1 channel assignment setting 2 Coincidence output 2 channel assignment setting 3 Coincidence output 3 channel assignment setting 4 Coincidence output 4 channel assignment setting e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on 4 Module based parameter data address 0102 to 0103 Address eae Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the comparison condition for Coincidence output 1 to 4 e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 b1
129. Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 The maximum of 16 steps of ON OFF switching can be set per output point Up to 16 output points can be set Ex The following figure and table show an operation example of output control according to CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 with CH1 being assigned to Cam switch output 1 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 2 channel assignment setting and Cam switch output 3 channel assignment setting CH1 Present value RWr10 Output 1 to RWr11 2147483648 to 999 OFF OFF 1000 to 1999 OFF ON 2000 to 2999 OFF OFF 3000 to 3999 OFF ON 4000 to 4999 OFF OFF 5000 to 5999 OFF ON 8000 to 2147483647 OFF OFF OFF CO O0 Output 1 P O 93 3 YM Z zg 2 D gt Output 2 O 3 E 32 eu Output 3 S CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 117 1 Setting method of the cam switch function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set 1 Cam Switch Function for Comparison output setting Comparison outputfunction J o o S H Comparison output setting R H Coincidence output channel assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel assignment setting 0CH1 0 Coincidence Output Function a Coincidence output 3 channel assig
130. R W Module based 0143 CH2 Counting speed setting O D j R W parameter data 01454 CH2 Phase Z setting 00004 R W 0146 CH2 Counter function selection R W 01474 CH2 Function input logic setting G R W 0148 CH2 Latch counter input logic setting Le R W 0149 CH2 External control input response time setting 002A R W 330 014A eile measurement setting Function input RIW terminal CH2 Pulse measurement setting Latch counter 331 014B4 R W input terminal Module based Parameter data 512 to 767 0200 to 02FFy The emer Oier meme of the connected o extension extension module is assigned module 1 4 This is the value at default or initialization by Parameter area initialization command address 1002 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible Aowa JOLING 3Jow y JO S17 7 E Point To activate the parameter data turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 Writing the parameter data to the parameter area does not activate the parameter data 43 44 a Parameter area of the extension module The remote buffer memory differs depending on the model of the extension module e Extension input module NZ2EX2B1 16D Address Hexadecimal 0200 Extension module identification code 00001 02014 to O2FF System area oi io 4 This is the value at default or initialization by Parameter area initialization command address 1002p 12 This shows whether read or write
131. RWr23 RWr3B L gt Page 207 Section 11 1 3 Point Errors of the high speed counter module are detected at not only every station but also every channel Errors detected at a channel are stored in the remote register for the channel Errors independent from channels are station errors stored in CH1 Latest error code RWr22 or CH1 Latest warning code RWr23 1 Checking by executing a command of the slave station This section describes how to check the errors by executing a command of the slave station 1 Select the high speed counter module in List of hel CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 No 0000 i CCIE Field Configuration Edit view Mode Setting Online Normal Mode Assignment Method Start aj No Model Name EH 0 Host Station 0 Master Station M ee Bete 1 Remote Device Station stations on the CC IE Field Configuration window STA Station Type List of stations 2 Open the Command Execution of Slave Station window S9pOD Bulwe y pue s pop 10113 ay 104 Buryoouy L LL DO CC IE Field Configuration gt Command Execution of Slave Station 205 a 3 Set Method selection to Error history read and Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 click the Execute button Method selection Error history read v The error history is read from the target module Command Setting There is no comm
132. RWr3A and counting does not start To start counting set the ring counter upper limit value and the ring counter lower limit value according to the condition Ring counter lower limit value lt Ring counter upper limit value and turn off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C The OFF time must be longer than AT For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS a Ring counter lower limit value lt Present value lt Ring counter upper limit value e For counting up When the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 reaches CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B the value in CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is automatically stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 For counting down When the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 reaches CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 the value in CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is held as the present value The value ring counter upper limit value 1 is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the next count down pulse input Both for counting up and down the value in CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B is not stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Except for the case that the present value equals to the ring coun
133. RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D Counting stops by turning off CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C When CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is turned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is turned off Counting resumes by turning on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Point The count value cannot be replaced with the preset value while CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on Replace the value after CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B turns off by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Have a AT or longer interval after changing CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D until the value is replaced since there are maximum of AT delay until change in the preset value is reflected When the latch counter function is performed by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 the operation response time follows CHO Function input response time setting address 01294 b2 to b3 01494 b2 to b3 Since CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated synchronizi
134. RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD or more e When CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWWA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF or less c Out of range output Coincidence output 1 to 4 turn on when either of the following conditions is satisfied e When CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is less than Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD e When CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 exceeds Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWWA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF Lower limit value setting Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWw 8 to RWw9 nwy to RWwD RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF Present value I I Coincidence output 1 to 4 ON Within range RX10 to RX13 output Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals OFF EQU1 to EQU4 i ON l i Coincidence output 1 to 4 Out of range RX10 to RX13 output Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals OFF EQU1 to EQU4 104 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 3 Comparison start timing of the coincidence output function The coincidence output function starts comparison when CHO Operation mode setting is set to 0 Normal Mode and when Initial data processing request flag RX8
135. RX3B is on o e For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 T D command 0 D D o e Turn on this signal to count pulses S 2 e The following figure shows the overview of the operation when 1 Phase Multiple g 3 of 1 0 is selected for CH1 Pulse input mode address 0122 J RY24 CH1 20 5a ON caQ oD dA OFF voy D Count enable l v i i i i i i a command T L ON oB OFF l CH1 Count ION i i enable command l l l RY3C CH2 RY24 o o j CH1 Present value i i enoe oO XE KOE 251 Remote output RY No RY25 RY3D RY26 RY3E RY27 RY3F RY28 RY40 RY2A RY42 252 Signal name Selected counter function start command Cam switch execute command PWM output start command Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter Update flag reset command Latch count value Update flag reset command Sampling count value Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal Operation timing I T L f L i i Description Turn on this signal to perform the selected counter functions When Count Disable Function 0 or Periodic Pulse Counter Function 3 is selected for CHO Counter function selection address 01264 0146p this signal is valid while being on When Sampling Counter Function 2 or Latch Counter
136. SET instruction is executed 80 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 1 Display the CC IE Field Configuration window e When the master local module is the QJ71GF11 T2 D Project window gt Parameter gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET gt CC IE Field Configuration Setting button e When the master local module is the LJ71GF11 T2 W Project window lt gt Parameter gt Network Parameter lt gt Ethernet CC IE Field gt CC IE Field Configuration Setting button 2 Select the high speed counter module in List of stations on the CC IE Field Configuration window hel CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 No 0000 i CCIE Field Configuration Edit View Mode Setting Online Normal Mode Assignment Method Start End RX RY Setting RiWwi RWr Setting Refresh DevicsN Points Start End Points Start End RX Link Scan Time Approx 0 70 ms STA Station Type l a Master Station List of stations 2 3 Open the Parameter Processing of Slave Station window XXW CC IE Field Configuration lt gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 4 Set Parameter write for Method selection Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start IO Mo 0000 Station Moa 1 Method selection Parameter read o arameter read Parameter write p Parameter In
137. T refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 2 Overflow error and underflow error e When 0 Linear Counter is selected for CHO Counter format the underflow error occurs at counting down from 2147483648 lower limit value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 and the overflow error occurs at counting up from 2147483647 upper limit value If the overflow error occurs CHO Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 is set to Detected 1 and CHO Overflow underflow error error code 0200p is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A Then the counting stops The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 does not change from 2147483647 even when pulses are input If the underflow error occurs CHO Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 is set to Detected 1 and CHO Overflow underflow error error code 1200 is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A Then the counting stops The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 does not change from 2147483648 even when pulses are input An overflow and underflow error is cleared by the preset replace function After CHO Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 and CHO Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 are set to Not detected 0 the counting resumes Though CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A is held until it is reset Reset CHU Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A by CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E CHAPTER
138. Wr0 Counter value greater smaller signal Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWr1 EQU1 to EQU4 terminal status RWw1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 RWw3 RWw4 Point setting Coincidence output 2 RWw5 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 2 RWr2 Cam switch output signal Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWr3 Cam switch output terminal status RWr4 Use prohibited RWr5 Use prohibited RWr6 Use prohibited RWw6 RWr7 Use prohibited RWw7 RWr8 Use prohibited RWw8 Point setting Coincidence output 3 RWr9 Use prohibited RWrA Use prohibited RWwA RWrB Use prohibited RWwB RWrC Use prohibited Point setting Coincidence output 4 RWrD Use prohibited Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWrE Use prohibited RWwE RWrF Use prohibited RWwF RWr10 RWw10 CH1 Present value CH1 Ring counter lower limit value RWr11 RWw11 RWr12 CH1 Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic RWw12 l E CH1 Ring counter upper limit value RWr13 pulse count difference value RWw13 RWr14 RWw14 CH1 Periodic pulse count present value CH1 Preset value setting RWr15 RWw15 CH1 Time unit setting Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 2 RWw9 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 3 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 3 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 JajsiBay aj owsay 40 sI 9 E RWr16 RWw16 a Ea Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH1 Per
139. Wr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of when CHO Function input terminal FUNC71 FUNC2 or CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is input Latch count value e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in 12 2A this area is cleared 13 2B e This area stores the count values in the sampling period when the sampling counter function is selected For the overview of the operation refer to Page Sampling count value 136 Section 8 9 e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the count value per cycle time the difference value when the periodic pulse counter function is selected For the overview of the operation refer to Page 139 Section 8 10 e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in Periodic pulse count difference value this area is cleared e This area stores the value which is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 after the cycle time elapsed when the periodic pulse counter function is selected 14 2C Periodic pulse count 15 2D resent value e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the same value as the value in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B when the periodic pulse counter function is selected
140. Y1021 Y1022 Y1023 Y1024 Y1025 Y1026 Y1027 Y1028 Y102A Y102C Y1030 Y1031 Y1032 Y1033 Y1035 Y1036 Y1050 Y1051 Y1052 Y1053 Y1054 D1100 D1116 to D1117 D1118 to D1119 D1120 to D1121 D1122 to D1123 D1124 to D1125 D1126 to D1127 Initial data processing completion flag Initial data setting request flag Description Reset command Coincidence output 1 Reset command Coincidence output 2 Reset command Coincidence output 3 Reset command Coincidence output 4 Setting change request Coincidence output 1 Setting change request Coincidence output 2 Setting change request Coincidence output 3 Setting change request Coincidence output 4 External power supply monitor request flag for extension output module CH1 Coincidence output enable command CH1 Preset replace command CH1 Count down command CH1 External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command CH1 Count enable command CH1 Selected counter function start command CH1 Cam switch execute command PWM output start command CH1 Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH1 Update flag reset command Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value CH1 Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal CH1 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value CH1 Pulse measurement start command Funct
141. Y20 When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 equals to Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on Also Counter value smaller Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b0 becomes 0 If Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 is turned on while CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 and Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 match Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn off If Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 is turned off while CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 and Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 match Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on again When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is more than Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw71 the value in Counter value greater Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b1 is 1 Turn on Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 to reset Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 If Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 remain on the next coincidence output cannot be detected Point Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turn on regardless of CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 Set the ON time of Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 to AT or longer For AT refer to Page 2
142. Z g External power supply monitor request Set whether to enable or disable the external power Saa Page 249 Appendix 1 2 flag RY1F supply monitoring function External power supply monitor state Indicates whether the external power supply lesan Page 236 Appendix 1 1 flag RX1F monitoring function is enabled or disabled 173 3 Input response time setting function This function prevents an incorrect input due to noise by setting the response time until the extension input module recognizes an actual input as the X signal The input response time can be set from the module parameter setting window of GX Works2 or the program a Setting method 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XXO CC IE Field Configuration window lt gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 For Input response time setting select the appropriate input response time Input response time setting 5 10ms Output HOLE LEAR setting 0 CLEAR Cyclic data update watch tim 0 o2 O J22ms Module based parameter main module 4 ms M G Comparison output function el 1 e Comparison output setting 0 Coincide Soe Item Setting range e 3 2ms e 4 5ms Input response time setting e 5 10ms e 6 20ms e 7 7Oms Point The extension input module may take in noise as an input depending on
143. a module Failure to do so may result in electric shock or cause the module to fail or malfunction Installation Precautions CAUTION Use the module in an environment that meets the general specifications in the user s manual for the module Failure to do so may result in electric shock fire malfunction or damage to or deterioration of the product Do not directly touch any conductive parts and electronic components of the module Doing so can cause malfunction or failure of the module Securely fix the module with a DIN rail After the first use of the extension module do not connect disconnect the module more than 50 times in accordance with IEC 61131 2 To connect an extension module to a main module engage the respective connectors and securely lock the module joint levers Incorrect connection may cause malfunction failure or drop of the module Securely connect the cable connectors Poor contact may cause malfunction Wiring Precautions WARNING Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before wiring Failure to do so may result in electric shock or cause the module to fail or malfunction Wiring Precautions CAUTION Ground the shield cable for the pulse input on the encoder side relay box with a ground resistance of 100Q or less Failure to do so may cause malfunction Individually ground the FG terminal of the programmable controller with a ground resistanc
144. a setting completion flag RX9 238 Initial data setting request flag RY9 249 Input response time setting address 00014 267 Input response time setting function 174 Installation and wiring 000008 55 Installation direction o on aana aaa 57 Installation environment 0005 56 Installation position 000000 ee 56 Internal control cycle and response delay time 283 Latch counter function counter function selection sa als tl Sat act ais cht Sj St rds la ns Ac ah doth Abed Hc 2 133 Latch counter function by latch counter input terminal PPE PTL Te eT eee ee ee ee ee 127 Latch counter preset replace function 145 Laying Ethernet cables 0005 67 Linear counter function 2 95 List of remote buffer memory 41 List of remote I O signals 0 4 30 List of remote register 000005 39 Maintenance and inspection 203 Maximum station to station distance Maximum Ethernet cable length 67 MODE LED eira 6 ae Re a hh EA hen 22 Module operation information initialization command address 1004 000000 00 eeeee 279 Module operation information initialization completed address 1005p sw se soviet soa doa Speen a aaa ete 280 Mounting the modules ona DIN rail 60 Operation mode list 0000000 90 Output HOLD CLEAR setting
145. address 0002 267 Output HOLD CLEAR setting function 167 Packing listya seien areata eae God ok sont ie ene 14 Parameter area initialization command address 1002 00000 0 eee eee 278 Parameter area initialization completed address 1003p x a0o wie wh hele wee a 219 Parameter setting 000000 e ee eee 80 Changing the network configuration 86 Changing the parameter without changing the network configuration 00000 88 Palit NAMES tse oho e ata etan ea a eae ey 21 Performance specifications 27 96 Periodic pulse counter function 139 OAIOB IOZ LED naonnana alee Break A ckee BS a oo8 22 Phase difference i 4 000 2 eee ews 31 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWWD I soi ee ane a ie Ae ea aes Aas BA 261 Preset replace at coincidence output function 114 Preset replace function 00005 122 Preset replace setting at coincidence output address 01034 v 22 4 6 aii Sava ek ded es 268 Program example 0000 eee eeae 181 Program example of the frequency measurement Moder reda niter es es oe es 199 Program example of the pulse measurement mode sab ty Das aisha aes ee chats hae ee ag tad Aa E 201 Program example of the PWM output mode 202 Program example of the rotation speed measurement mode
146. al module is the QU71GF11 T2 W Project window lt gt Parameter gt Network Parameter lt gt Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET lt gt CC IE Field Configuration Setting button e When the master local module is the LJ71GF11 T2 W Project window lt gt Parameter gt Network Parameter lt gt Ethernet CC IE Field gt CC IE Field Configuration Setting button 5 Drag and drop a module to set the slave station Input a numerical value to set the station number of the station Change the value as necessary Fel CC IE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 No 0000 i CCIE Field Configuration Edit view Mode Setting online Normal Mode z Assignment Method Start End z Link Scan Time Approx 0 70 ms Module List _RXIRY Setting RWw RWr Setting Refresh Device Select CC TE Field Find Module My Favorites Points Start End Points Start End RX RLE at General CC IE Field Module No Model Name STA Station Type 1 NZ2GFCF D62PD2 1 Remote Device Station 80 0000 004F 64 0000 003F X1000 80 point 9 CC IE Field Module Mitsubishi Electri NZ2EX 16 D0 SUE 16 0050 005F 1050 16 point Master Local Module Basic Digital Input Module Basic Digital Output Module Basic Analog Input Module Basic Analog Output Module Basic High Speed Counter Module Extension Digital Input Module Extension Digital Output Module GOT1000 Series Host Station STAHO Master Total STAH 1 Li
147. alue is counted by the high speed counter module SM x 1 LS x n1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e LS Link scan time e n1 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of SM LS c Processing time Normal value Master station RX Remote device station RX The following shows the processing time required until Coincidence output 1 RX10 is transmitted to the master station after the high speed counter module receives Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 The processing time required for transmitting Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 to the high speed counter module is not included SM x 1 LS x n1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e LS Link scan time e n1 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of SM LS d Processing time Normal value Master station RWw Remote device station RWw The following shows the transmission time required for setting Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to the high speed counter module The processing time required for transmitting Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 to the high speed counter module is not included SM x n2 LS x 1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan time of the program
148. alue setting Coincidence output Setting change 1 RWw2 to RWw3 are reflected to the high speed counter module by Setting change RX15 completed request Coincidence output 1 RY14 Coincidence output 2 For Coincidence output 1 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns off when Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 is turned off e For Coincidence output 2 to 4 each corresponding remote I O signals and remote register RWw are used aes Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program Setting change RX16 completed Coincidence output 3 Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 Setting change RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD RX17 completed Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 ee RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 Coincidence output 4 RWWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX14 to RX17 e This signal turns on when the external power supply monitoring function is enabled by turning on External power supply monitor request flag RY1F e This signal turns off when the external power supply monitoring function is disabled by turning off External power supply monitor request flag RY1F Controlled by the high speed counter module Externa
149. am switch output unit assignment setting Cam switch output 1 to 16 channel assignment setting Cam switch function step type Output address 15004 804 x 1 O Cam switch function number of steps Output address 15014 80 x 1 Cam switch function step No i setting Output address 15024 804 x 1 to 15214 801 x 1 Cam switch output No 1 to 16 i Step No 1 to 16 Point For all of Cam switch function step type Output Cam switch function number of steps Output and Cam switch function step No i setting Output of cam switch output that is not used set the default 0 When a value other than the default is set output may be turned on when the cam switch function is performed In addition when a value other than the default value is backed up to the nonvolatile memory by turning off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 the setting in the nonvolatile memory also must be set to the default If the setting in the nonvolatile memory is not the default the above setting item becomes the backed up value when the module power supply is turned off then on or the module returns from the remote reset 120 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 5 Signal timing of the cam switch function The following figure shows the signal timing of the cam switch function e Only Cam switch Output 1 is used e Coincidence output 1 is assigned to CH1 e 1 Stage 1 is assigned to
150. and Coincidence output 1 RY10 Counter value greater Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b1 CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 CH1 Count enable command RY24 108 ON OFF 5 ON 1 OFF Als ON a ofr al 0 gt C 1000 12 ATi No 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 9 10 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Description Start comparison of the present value and a value set to Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 in the following order 1 Write 1000 into Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 2 Turn off then on Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 3 The values set in Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 are enabled when Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on After confirming that Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on turn off Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is less than Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 the value in Counter value smaller Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b0 is 1 When Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 is turned on Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn off Turn off then on CH1 Count enable command RY24 to start counting If performing coincidence output from the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on CH1 Coincidence output enable command R
151. and setting in the selected process m Execution Result Error and Solution CC Order of generation o o oOo _ Error time First two digits ofthe yearfLasttwo digits ofthe year OJ _ Error time Month Day oo o OoOo _ Error time HouriMinute o o OoOo Error time SecondiNo Use o o OoOo Error code details 1 si The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual Execute Close 4 When the window shown on the left is displayed MELSOFT Series GX Works click the button 5 The error history of the high speed counter module Command Execution of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 H H H i 7 w Rot samme is displayed in Execution Result Method selection Error history read X The error history is read from the target module It C t t em ontents Command Setting Error and Solution The action for the error is displayed i ae ae er Order of generation The order of error occurrence is displayed TEUA Result F Error time First two digits 2 of the year Last two digits of The date and time of error occurrence is Extension module paramete
152. anging the network configuration 88 fo Operation Mode List csi nck hs 2 tte ie ag cee aaa 24 cede bce aete ts 90 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 92 8 1 Pulse Input Modes and Counting Methods 0 0 0 00 ce eee 92 8 1 1 Types of pulse input mModeS 1 2 ete eteeee eens 92 812 Couming method Seung iacatatt nodes hens pain e ate a eed dense Ro mie ed 94 o2 Counter Format Selection arrieiro neen eeee elias oan de eee tient soi po eee 95 8 2 1 Linear counter TUMCUON gona 2 staan o gt sasaaa aaea ee ewe ea Bim ai At eecala ew Rea a EP Pats 95 B22 Ring Coumter UNCON jcwasttan tas beta cee aene sates aot wha Oe aad owe et eagwe 97 83 Comparison Output Funcoms 5 022 0 3 2 cut Gs cece wena bs be Sada ee ne hatwide ee 102 8 3 1 Operation overview of the coincidence output function and the cam switch function 102 8 3 2 Coincidence output function esc ti 22G2 cds edi deh oie Sed dn bnue had then a ekad 103 8 3 3 Preset replace at coincidence output function n uaaa 0 eee ee 114 6 3 4 Gam switch functions lt 2 204 be deedadeadeGtete etwas ee ieee add eae eee teases 117 8 4 Preset replace Function 224 25 fend seus tah ees by ee oh ee Cette Madea 122 8 5 Latch Counter Function by Latch Counter Input Terminal 000 127 3 6 Counter Function Selection 2 4 seen a4 oa 540 wissen sce Saks Beet wee eh heed ees 129 of Count Disable FUNGON 234 054 208 240 46 e a3 oe on idee ee ee ER foe Se bees 13
153. arison target e Cam switch function parameter data address 1500p to 1FFF Setting item for comparison point range e Turning off then on Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 Change method of comparison Turning off then on Initial data processing Turning off then on CHO Cam switch execute point range completion flag RY8 RX26 RX3E e Turning off then on Initial data setting request flag RYQ e Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 Internal e Counter value greater smaller signal RWr0 Cam switch output signal RWr2 output rn Comparison result only for coincidence output External Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to Output terminals of the extension output module output EQU4 Preset replace at coincidence Provided Not provided output function e When Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 is turned off then on for coincidence output Automatically reset depending on Cam switch function step No 1 to No 16 setting Output 1 to 16 of remote buffer memory Output reset timin p J e When values are counted outside the detection area for within range output or out of range output When CHO Cam switch execute RX26 RX3E is turned off then on after CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on When CHO Coincidence output enable External output enable timin j command RY20 RY38 is turned off then on 4 When
154. bles and at a distance of 150mm or more e The following figure shows an example of a noise reduction measure High speed counter module High speed counter module Ground shielded twisted pair cables on the encoder side Use the shortest possible shielded cables Avoid using a solenoid valve or inductive load together with the cable in a metallic pipe If a sufficient distance from the power line cannot be ensured due to duct wiring use shielded cables such as CVVS for the power line Install a cable at least 150mm away from the I O cable of a high voltage equipment such as a relay or inverter Pay attention to wiring in the control panel as Keep a shortest distance between the encoder and relay box Relay box f the distance from the high speed counter module to the encoder is long a voltage drop may occur Using a measuring instrument such as a synchroscope on the terminal block of the relay box check that the voltages in the encoder operation and stop status are within the rated voltage range If a voltage drop is too large increase the cable size or use a 24VDC encoder that will consume less current l Encoder e Ground the shielded twisted pair cable on the encoder side relay box Wiring example with a sink type encoder 24V Connect the shielded cable of the encoder to the shielded cable of the shielded twisted pair cable in the relay box If the shielded cable of the encoder is not ground
155. c pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off RX27 aan gt Controlled by the high speed counter module seting change Controlled by the program completed Sampling CHO Setting change request counter Periodic Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F pulse counter CHU Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CHUO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F CHUI Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F 242 APPENDICES Remote input i E Signal name Description RX No e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 by CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is completed e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RX28 CH1 RY40 is turned off Update flag Controlled by the high speed counter module reset completed Controlled by the program Latch count CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value vate RY28 RY40 CHL Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 CHL Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 Update flag by CHO Update flag reset command Sampling count value RY28 RY40 is completed RX40 CH2 reset completed This signal turns off when CHO Update flag
156. cept at the start of the measurement The margin of error maximum of the rotation soeed measurement function is calculated from the following formula 100 ppm 60 Actual rotation speed r min x __ L t C 1000000 Time unit Moving average count Number of pulses Rotation speed measurement S Rotation speed measurement per rotation Ex The following table shows each value to be put into the formula Item Value Actual rotation speed r min 1234r min Time unit Rotation speed measurement s 0 01s Moving average count Rotation speed measurement 4 times Number of pulses per rotation 60 The margin of error maximum is calculated as shown below 100 ppm 60 ec l M 1000000 0 01 s x 4 x 60 0 1234 r min 25 r min 1234 r min x 25 1234 r min CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated without resetting CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value RY2C RY44 responds within AT after the action For AT refer to the following e Internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time _ Page 283 Appendix 4 155 UOlJOUNY JUSWSINSeS peeds UOleION PL 8 1 5 Pulse Measurement Function The pulse measurement function measures the ON width or OFF width of pulses that are input to the external input terminals CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 or CHO La
157. ch time setting error Input response time setting error Cam switch output unit assignment error Description and cause The error history data stored in the nonvolatile memory are abnormal The REMFR REMTO instruction has accessed the range outside the remote buffer memory range The setting on the station number setting switch has been changed while the module power supply is on The number of ON times integration function is enabled when the cam switch function is selected A value other than 0 and 1 is setin Cam switch output unit assignment setting address 0104 The setting in Comparison output setting address 0100p is in one of the following cases e A value other than 0 and 1 is set e If 1 is set the value in CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p is other than 0 A value other than 0 to 20 is set in Cyclic data update watch time setting address 0003 The lower 3 bits of Input response time setting address 00014 is set to 000b 001b or 010b An extension output module does not exist where Cam switch output unit assignment setting address 01044 assigns the module Operation of when an error occurs The other Error CH CHs Action e The module recovers automatically soon after this error occurred However the preceding error history data are erased Take measures against noise such as using a shielded cable for connection If th
158. ch can be stored 0 Count Disable Function 1 Latch Counter Function Selected counter 2 Sampling Counter Function function 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function 4 Count disable Preset replace Function 5 Latch counter Preset replace Function e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in 06214 06414 this area is cleared s ss lppy How y yng ejowsey jo sjez q X ipu ddy 2 95 14 Station based error history data address 0A00 to 0AEF p e This area stores the error history when an error or a warning occurs e Up to 15 errors are stored in the error history e The latest history is stored in Error history 1 address 0A004 to OAOF e Errors or warnings that occurred in the past are stored in Error history 2 to Error history 15 address 0A10 to OAEF 4 in reverse chronological order e If 16 or more errors or warnings occur errors or warnings are deleted from the oldest e The following shows the format of the stored values b15 to b8 b7 to b0 Order of generation First two digits Last two digits of the EZS of the ea 0A00 to Error history 1 Second No use 0 Error code details 1 Error code details 2 to Error code details 10 Type of the error or warning that has occurred The value of 0 to 65535 that indicates the order of error occurrence The date and time of error occurrence upper 8 bits first two digits of the year lower 8 bits last tw
159. ch can be stored b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bt olele lo lolo e Lele e 1e 11o Jomis e a a not performed 1 Initialization is 0 fixed completed 21 Extended parameter data address 15004 to 15214 Set the step type for the cam of Output 1 e Setting range 0 Starts with output status being OFF Cam switch function 15004 1 Starts with output status being ON step type Output 1 oe e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on Set the number of steps for the cam of Output 1 e Setting range O to 16 e The reflection timing of the setting value Cam switch function 150114 number of steps Output 1 When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on Set the count value for switching ON and OFF of the output at the step No 1 of Output 1 15024 Cam switch function Setting range 1503 step No 1 setting 2147483648 to 2147483647 Output 1 e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on Set the count value for switching ON and OFF of the output at the step No 16 of Output 1 15204 Cam switch function Setting range 1521 step No 16 setting 2147483648to 2147483647 Output 1 e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch exec
160. cle time is 2ms and ON time is 1ms to change the ON time to 0 5ms during PWM output Coincidence output is assigned to the corresponding channel in the Coincidence output 3 channel assignment setting Sate Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHL PWM output start command RY26 RY3E OFF 1h 9 CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D ZEE CHUO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D OFF CHU PWM output assignment setting k C T 7 RWw1D RWw35 i 0004H 0005H i CHO ON width setting PWM output C7 RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 10000 5000 l CHL Cycle setting PWM output 7 RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 i 20000 10000 Coincidence output 1 terminal i EQU1 Coincidence output 3 terminal 9 i EQU3 OFF i CHO PWM output i l RX26 RX3E opp 4 T1 ON width setting PWM output 1ms T2 Cycle setting PWM output 2ms T3 ON width setting PWM output 0 5ms 164 No 1 2 3 4 5 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Description The following processing is performed when CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned on to turn on CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E e The values in CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 and CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw339 are ac
161. connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC CPU For information on items not displayed on the screen please refer to the manual Execute Import Export Close 3 Easy station number setting Because of the rotary switch on the front of the module setting and checking the station number are easy 4 Error history function The history of 15 errors and occurrence time can be stored in the module The error history helps the investigation for the cause when a problem occurs 18 CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE 5 Pulse measurement function Pulses can be measured with 100ns measurement resolution The pulse width ON width OFF width can be precisely measured Various pulse measurement applications such as the workpiece length measurement or the transport processing speed management of various types of transport equipment and processing equipment are available Example Filling process container type identification control Light sensor 6 Coincidence output function This function compares a preset value with the input count value If they match the function outputs a signal and NO TI 49 Q r Cc pmj 4 gt n thus the fixed feed control is possible Control example Drilling process fixed feed control driller Coincidence output inverter stop
162. count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated L gt Page 136 Section 8 9 e CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated without resetting this flag e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Sampling count value RY28 RY40 is turned on e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset completed Sampling count value RX28 RX40 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are updated L gt Page 139 Section 8 10 e CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are updated without resetting this flag
163. ction 19214 step No 16 setting Output 9 281 19804 to 19A0 19A14 1A004 to 1A204 1A21 4 1A80 to 1AAO 1AAA 1B00 to 1B204 1B214 1B80 to 1BAO 1BA14 1C004 to 1C204 1624 1C80 to 1CAOy 1CA1y 282 Cam switch function step type Output 10 to Cam switch function step No 16 setting Output 10 Cam switch function step type Output 11 to Cam switch function step No 16 setting Output 11 Cam switch function step type Output 12 to Cam switch function step No 16 setting Output 12 Cam switch function step type Output 13 to Cam switch function step No 16 setting Output 13 Cam switch function step type Output 14 to Cam switch function step No 16 setting Output 14 Cam switch function step type Output 15 to Cam switch function step No 16 setting Output 15 Cam switch function step type Output 16 to Cam switch function step No 16 setting Output 16 For Output 2 to 16 set the step type and the number of steps for the cam and set the count value for switching ON and OFF of the corresponding output at the step No 1 to No 16 Since the details on these settings are the same as those of Output 1 refer to the following gt Page 280 Appendix 3 21 e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on
164. ction step No 1 to No 16 setting Output 1 Set the count value where the ON OFF status of the output of the extension to 16 output module YO to YF is switched Ex Cam switch function step type Output 1 address 1500p is set to Starts with output status being OFF 0 and Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 address 15014 is set to 6 Note that Output 1 is assigned to CH1 Setting item Setting value i gt Cam switch function step type Output 1 address 15004 0 Q S Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 address 15014 6 E Cam switch function step No 1 setting Output 1 address 15024 to 15034 100 a Cam switch function step No 2 setting Output 1 address 15044 to 1505p 250 5s Cam switch function step No 3 setting Output 1 address 15064 to 15074 400 2 T Cam switch function step No 4 setting Output 1 address 15084 to 15094 550 3 Cam switch function step No 5 setting Output 1 address 150A to 150Bp 700 p Cam switch function step No 6 setting Output 1 address 150C to 150Dp 850 Cam switch function step No 7 setting Output 1 address 150E to 150F to Setting not necessary Cam switch function step No 16 setting Output 1 address 15204 to 15214 Step number 1 2 3 4 5 6 Output 1 OFF CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 100 250 400 550 700 850 119 3 Minimum setting width of the ON OFF status To output the ON OFF signal according to the setting
165. ction is being performed set CHO Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag RWr20 b3 RWr38 b3 to Operating 1 At the end of each sampling period CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 turns on Even after the counting is completed the values stored in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B remain the same until CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is turned on again When CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is turned on again 0 is stored in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and the counting resumes When CHO Update flag reset command Sampling count value RY28 RY40 is turned on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed Sampling count value RX28 RX40 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Sampling count value RX28 RX40 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Sampling count value RY28 RY40 is turned off Although the sampling counter function operates regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is not counted while CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is off At the end of the sampling period after CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C i
166. d 10b and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 condition of each device Then take measures against noise e Conduct the unit test If the same error occurs again a hardware failure of the module may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative The communication LSI is in failure Communication error 2 D52B4 Major error 1 Keeps its operation with the normal setting value just before the error 2 Stores 2147483648 or 2147483647 in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B or CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F and continues to count oS Keeps its normal operation unless an error occurs 4 The ring counter function does not start counting 15 The linear counter function stops counting 6 Compares the count value with the normal setting value just before the error The error does not affect Coincidence output assigned to the error CH and the other functions 7 Does not execute the cam switch function The error does not affect the other functions 8 Executes the sampling counter function or periodic pulse counter function with the normal setting value just before the error 9 Does not start to measure the frequency 10 Does not start to measure the rotation speed 11 Stops measuring pulses 12 Does not output the PWM waveform
167. d 1 Commanded e When Module operation information initialization command address 10044 is set to Commanded 1 the module operation information stored in the Module operation remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is cleared and Module information operation information initialization completed address 10054 changes to 1004 00004 initialization Initialization is completed 1 command Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program Error data of module operation Module operation information Default value Module operation information initialization command address 10041 Not commanded 0 Module operation information initialization eee aA performed 0 279 sessaippy Aiowsy Jong ejousey jo sjieljaq xIpueddy 20 Station based control data address 1005 e When initialization of the module operation information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is completed Module operation information initialization completed address 1005 changes to Initialization is completed 1 e When Module operation information initialization command address 10044 Module operation information is set to Not commanded 0 Module operation information initialization 1005 00001 initialization completed address 1005 changes to Initialization is not performed 0 completed e The following shows the range of values whi
168. d CH1 ON width setting change request RX35 RY35 PWM output PWM output CH2 Coincidence output enable command RY3A CH2 Count down command RX3B CH2 External preset replace Z Phase request RY3B CH2 External preset replace Z Phase request detection detection reset command Main RX3C Use prohibited RY3C CH2 Count enable command module FRX3D CH2 Counter function detection Counter function detection RYD CH2 Selected counter function start command CH2 Cam switch execute command PWM RX3E CH2 Cam switch execute PWM output RY3E output start command RX3F CH2 Setting change completed RY3F CH2 Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH2 Update flag reset completed Latch count CH2 Update flag reset command Latch count RX40 value Sampling count value Periodic pulse RY40 value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value count value CH2 Update flag Latch t value S li RX41 PERE TAT EAI ONE VRARI iea Use prohibited count value Periodic pulse count value RX42 CH2 Latch count value update flag reset RY42 CH2 Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal command Latch counter input terminal CH2 Latch t val date fl RX43 E E ee ee RY43 Use prohibited Latch counter input terminal RX44 CH2 Update flag reset completed Measured CH2 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value frequency va
169. d counter module pA B For 2 phase pulse input multiple of 1 multiple of 2 or multiple of 4 can be selected as a counting method The phase difference between phase A pulses and phase B pulses determines whether the pulses are counted up or down Addition pulse input Subtraction pulse input c 2 phase pulse input The following figure shows the relationship between phase A pulse input and phase B pulse input High speed counter module Phase A pulse input Encoder Phase B pulse input 8 1 2 Counting method setting Set the counting method in the CC IE Field configuration 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XW CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Pulse input mode H CH1 Pulse input mode ee CH1 Counting speed setting E CH Coutrtomat rte 0 1 Phase Multiple of 1 i CH1 Z phase Preset trigger setting 0 Rising 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 2 CIC CAL H1 External pisada A Phase r OM at BES 3 2 Phase Multiple of 1 CH1 Counter function selection 0 Count Di E aA 4 2 Fhase Multiple of 2 H CH1 Function input logic setting DE 5 23 Phase Multiple of 4 94 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 2 Counter Format Selection Set the counter format in the CC IE Field configuration 1 SetParameter write for Me
170. d when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on to turn CHO Frequency measurement flag RWr20 b4 RWr38 b4 to Operating 1 e The values in CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 and CHO Moving average count Frequency 1 measurement RWw19 RWw31 are acquired If the value is changed during the frequency measurement the change is ignored e CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 turns off e The value in CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is cleared to 0 CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 turns on when a value is stored in CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 When CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 is turned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed 3 Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 is turned off CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated even when CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 is on CHO Frequency measurement flag RWr20 b4 RWr38 b4 changes to Not operating 0 when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off 2 4 5 Point
171. dence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 4000 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw6 to RWw7 RWWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after the comparison conditions of CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 are satisfied in the coincidence output function 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 239 sjeublis jndul ow jo sjielaq xipueddy s euBls O I 0w jo sjlejaq xipueddy Remote input o Signal name Description RX No e This signal turns on when the changes of the following remote registers RWw are reflected to the high speed counter module in the coincidence output function Setting change e Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to RX14 completed 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5d RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD Coincidence output 1 e Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw 6 to RWw7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF e For Coincidence output 1 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on after the changes of Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Upper limit v
172. dence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 correct 230 Action Turn on CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 Check the external wiring and correct errors CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING d When the count value cannot be replaced with a preset value by the preset replace at coincidence output function Check item Action Turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase Is CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 request detection reset command RY23 RY3B RX3B off Note that the ON OFF time of CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B must be AT or longer gt Page 249 Appendix 1 2 Is Preset replace setting at coincidence output address 01034 set Set Preset replace setting at coincidence output address 0103 to to Present value replaced 1 Present value replaced 1 This function replaces the count value with the preset value at the rising edge OFF to ON of Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 Turn off Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 before replacing the value Is Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 off Set the interval of AT or longer between every execution of this Is the interval between every execution of this function AT or function referring to the following longer gt Page 114 Section 8 3 3 Is the
173. des of minor errors For details refer to Page 208 Section 11 2 e This signal turns on when a minor error occurs on a channel corresponding to this signal e This signal turns off when CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E is turned on and no si r s oy et minor error newly occurs Some warning codes error codes of minor errors cannot be reset by turning on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E For details refer to Page 208 Warning status Section 11 2 e This signal turns off when no minor error newly occurs five seconds after a minor error RXAF CH2 occurred For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Error status RX36 RX4E However this signal may not turn off even after five seconds depending on warning codes error codes of minor errors For details refer to Page 208 Section 11 2 248 APPENDICES Appendix 1 2 Details of remote output signals The following shows details of remote output signals Remote l f Operation AER output Signal name oe Description timing RY No e This signal is turned on when initial data processing has been completed after the module is powered on the remote reset is performed or parameters are RYB Initial data processing initialized completion flag e When this signal is turned on the high speed counter module starts counting regarding the content of the remote register RWw as the initial value For the overview of the op
174. dic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are updated When CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 is turned on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 is turned off The periodic pulse counter function operates regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C The periodic pulse counter function is stopped by turning off both CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D and CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Point Use the periodic pulse count value after checking the values in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are equal When they are different the periodic pulse count value includes values before and after the end of the cycle time and there is a value discrepancy Read again CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B
175. dress 01214 0141p is 1 or 2 e A value other than 0 and 4 is set in CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p of the other channel A channel where CHO Count source selection address 01214 0141p is set is the same as the channel assigned to the corresponding bit of Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 0101p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 0 to 5 is set in CHO Pulse input mode address 01221 0142p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect The setting in CHO Counting speed setting address 01234 01431 is in one of the following cases e If the value in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142p is 0 2 or 3 a value other than 0 to 5 is set e If the value in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142p is 1 or 4 a value other than 0 to 6 is set e If the value in CHO Pulse input mode address 0122 0142p is 5 a value other than 0 to 7 is set O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect Set CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142 toa 13 value between 0 and 5 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error occurs Action The other rror CH CHs Take the following actions and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 e Set CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p for the o
176. e The high speed counter module is a remote device station of the CC Link IE Field Network whose maximum counting speed of input pulse is 8Mpps with differential input and 4 multiples of 2 phases The module has two channels and functions including the preset replace function by external input or input from a master module the latch counter function counter function selection external coincidence output by coincidence detection The following illustration shows the operation overview of the high speed counter module Master module 3 Reading writing of remote I O signals a remote register and a remote buffer memory High speed counter module External control signal Preset replace phase Z function latch Controller Coincidence Pulse 0 to 4 points shared with CH1 CH2 External control signal Preset replace phase Z function latch Controller 1 Pulses input to a high speed counter module are counted 2 The preset replace function can be performed counting can be paused and a counter value can be latched with an external control signal 3 Status of the remote I O signals remote register and remote buffer memory of a high speed counter module can be checked with the program Also counting can be started stopped and the preset replace function and the coincidence output function can be performed 4 The coincidence output signal can be output by the coincidenc
177. e RX29 RX41 When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag reset completed Sampling count value RX28 RX40 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 Turn on this signal to reset CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 When this signal is turned on CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 APPENDICES Remote Operation On output Signal name ae Description timing RY No e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D Update flag RX45 reset command a hleasur d e When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag r
178. e 4cm away from the module Ferrite core used for the tests conducted by Mitsubishi NEC TOKIN ESD SR 250 TDK ZCAT3035 1330 290 APPENDICES Appendix 5 2 Requirements to compliance with the low voltage directive The module operates at the rated voltage of 24VDC The Low Voltage Directive is not applied to the modules that operate at the rated voltage of less than 50VAC and 75VDC SOAIODOJIIG BH6eYO A MOT pue OJ GC xlpueddy BANODSJIP BHeEYOA MO BU YIM BOUeI GWOD 0 S JUBLUBIINDeY Z s xIpueddy 291 Appendix 6 Checking Serial Number and Function Version The serial number and function version of the high speed counter module can be checked on the rating plate a MITSUBISHI p oe ce ee oc D MODEL MAC address i Serial number P m Function version A ae SERIAL 141110000000000 A MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION MADE IN JAPAN 1 See instruction manual Relevant regulation standards 292 APPENDICES Appendix External Dimensions 133 PW RUN MODE DLINK ERR di bA B OZ FNC LATI bA B Z FNCLAT FNN 2 3 4 PEER EQEEEERQREEEE Pe 1 a MITSUBISHI TEST NZ2GFCF D62PD2 CC Link IE Bieta MEUSEG 24G DIN rail center FG Unit mm 293 SUOISUBUUIG eu19 x4 Xipueddy INDEX 0to9 1 phase multiple of 1 2 2 0 0 0 0 eee 92 1 phase multiple of 2 00000 92 2 phase multiple of 1 2 2 0 2 ee eee 93 2 phase multipl
179. e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Periodic pulse count value RY28 RY40 is turned on e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F are updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 APPENDICES Remote input i E Signal name Description RX No e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 by CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is completed RX2A CH1 e This signal turns off when CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is turned off Latch count value update Controlled by the high speed counter module flag reset Controlled by the program completed CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter Latch counter input terminal l l RY2A RY42 input terminal CHO Latch count value update flag RX42 CH2 Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 CHU Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter i
180. e based 0 O Extension module 1 parameter data System area Main module Monitoring area Module based O paas Extension module 1 monitoring data 2048 to 2559 0800 to O9FF System area 2560 to 4095 OA00 to OFFFy Error history area Station based error history data O 4096 to 4351 1000p to 10FF Station based control data Module control data Module based i x O area Extension module 1 control data 4864 to 5375 1300 to 14FF Extended 5376 to 8191 1500 to 1FFF fone Cam switch function parameter data parameter area 0 to 255 0000 to OOFF 256 to 511 01004 to O1FFy 512 to 767 02004 to O2FFy Aowa yng sjowsY jo3siq 7 E 768 to 1279 0300p to O4FF 1280 to 1535 0500p to OSFF 1536 to 1791 06004 to O6FF 1792 to 2047 0700p to O7 FF 4352 to 4607 1100 to 11FFy 4608 to 4863 1200 to 12FFy 41 4 For the REMFR and REMTO instructions refer to the following _ User s manual for the master local module used 2 For the access method refer to the following e Parameter area gt Page 80 Section 7 1 e Error history area gt Page 205 Section 11 1 Point Do not access the system area using the REMFR or REMTO instruction Doing so may cause the module to malfunction 1 Parameter area address 0000 to 04FF For the parameter area parameters can be set using the CC IE Field configuration of GX Works2 or using the REMTO instruction The parameter in the param
181. e cycle time Set the cycle time T by setting values to CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F and CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E When CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then on the setting values are enabled However the setting values are enabled from the next operation of periodic pulse counter function if the setting is changed while the periodic pulse counter function is being performed Setting item Setting range Reference CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse 0 1ms counter RWw16 RWw2E 1 10ms CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F Point Change the cycle time by CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F When the cycle time is changed by Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or Initial data setting request flag RYQ the items of the monitor value such as CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 are cleared Page 264 Appendix 2 11 1 to 65535 UOlJOUN JOJUNOD S Nd JIPOWSq OLY When changing the cycle time by using CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F note the following Do not execute the periodic pulse counter function by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 from when CHO Setting change request Sampling
182. e is securely connected e The Ethernet cable is not shorted e The connectors are securely connected b Broken cable latch Do not use Ethernet cables with broken latches Doing so may cause the cable to unplug or malfunction c Connecting and disconnecting the Ethernet cable Hold the connector part when connecting and disconnecting the Ethernet cable Pulling the cable connected to the module may result in damage to the module or cable or malfunction due to poor contact d Connectors without the Ethernet cable To prevent dust from entering the module attach the provided connector cover e Maximum station to station distance Maximum Ethernet cable length The maximum station to station distance is 100m However the distance may be shorter depending on the operating environment of the cable For details contact the manufacturer of the cables used f Bending radius of the Ethernet cable There are restrictions on the bending radius of the Ethernet cable Check the bending radius in the specifications of the Ethernet cables used 67 jqe9 yeuseu y jo Bul G 9 6 6 Wiring of Connectors for External Devices This section describes how to wire the high speed counter module with an encoder or a controller 6 6 1 Wiring precautions 68 To obtain the maximum performance from the functions of the high speed counter module and improve the system reliability an external wiring with high durability against noise i
183. e of 100Q or less Failure to do so may result in electric shock or malfunction Check the rated voltage and terminal layout before wiring to the module and connect the cables correctly Connecting a power supply with a different voltage rating or incorrect wiring may cause a fire or failure Prevent foreign matter such as dust or wire chips from entering the module Such foreign matter can cause a fire failure or malfunction Place the cables in a duct or clamp them If not dangling cable may swing or inadvertently be pulled resulting in damage to the module or cables or malfunction due to poor contact Do not install the communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise Do not install the control lines together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 150mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise When disconnecting the cable from the module do not pull the cable by the cable part For the cable with connector hold the connector part of the cable For the cable connected to the terminal block loosen the terminal screw Pulling the cable connected to the module may result in malfunction or damage to the module or cable When an overcurrent caused by an error of an external device or a failure of the programmable controller flows for a long time it may ca
184. e of 2 0 00 e eee 93 2 phase multiple of 4 2 0 ee ee ee 93 Applicable DIN rail model compliant with IEC 60715 Sra GN etch A arc ty ce Geass Meats aac a ee ah 62 Applicable systems 0000 e eee 54 Applicable master station 54 Connectable modules 00000 54 Ethernet cablo wicca eee cae das 54 Software package n noona 54 ApplIiCatON oxi oak BSR GE aS Wa SS 16 Bending radius of the Ethernet cable 67 Calculating current consumption 32 Cam switch function 0000 ees 117 Cam switch output channel assignment setting address 0105y ruie o hh alae beens 269 Cam switch output signal RWr2 256 Cam switch output terminal status RWr3 256 Cam switch output unit assignment setting address 01044 000 0002s 269 CC Link IE Field Network diagnostic function 175 Channel assignment Coincidence output 1 to 4 address 0600 2000 00 eeee eee 274 Checking for the error codes and the warning codes EEE E E ET ts EE ats E E EA NES AEE E 205 Checking by CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A 0 2 ee ee 207 Checking by CHO Latest warning code RW123 RWISB rcu taera did aaa a eae eo 207 Checking by executing a command of the slave Stao aan ROR ee eee ES A 205 Checking the LEDS 20 cue ye hiro nti Ae 224 CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E 252 CHO Cam s
185. e output function 15 1 1 Application This module performs controls which are applicable to various applications by executing various functions according to count values of pulses input from the external device The following describes an application example CH1 Encoder Encoder pulse generator pulse generator 16 CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE 1 2 Features 1 Available flexible system configuration Adopting the connection block type enables the combination of the main module and extension module Because various extension modules can be connected a flexible configuration can be achieved In addition a poor contact of the extension module can be found promptly because the main module always monitors the connection status of the extension module Various extension modules can be connected according to the application Connecting the extension module to wires or Ethernet cables is not required ala Extension module High speed counter module ae Extension input module x Extension output module sink type The flexible combination is possible N TI 49 seb m 4 gt n 17 2 Easy setting with CC IE Field configuration of GX Works2 Programming is reduced since the parameter can be configured on the window with the
186. e output is assigned as the assignment setting assigned to CH2 PWM output terminal At this time Error Coincidence output 4 channel ae status flag RXA and the ERR LED turns assignment setting l on CH1 PWM output assignment setting 0000 No PWM output terminals Coincidence output 1 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel 0 CH1 Coincidence output 1 to 2 are assignment setting assigned to CH1 and Coincidence output 3 channel eens Coincidence output 3 to 4 are Coincidence output 2 is assigned to the 2 assignment setting l assigned to CH2 PWM output terminal and the operation is Coincidence output 4 channel TO performed assignment setting l Coincidence output 2 is 0002 assigned to the PWM output terminal CH1 PWM output assignment setting RWw1D amaaa RH 0 CH1 aia a setting Coincidence output 1 to 2 are assignment setting assigned to CH1 and eancigenee output 3 to 4 are Coincidence output 1 and Coincidence assignment setting assigned to CH2 output 2 are assigned to the PWM output terminal and the operation is performed assignment setting uojouny indinOo NMa YL The same PWM waveform is output Coincidence output 1 and Coincidence output 2 are CH1 PWM output assignment setting 0003 RWw1D assigned to the PWM output terminal 161 4 162 Setting item Setting detail Coincidence output 1 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting Coincidence output 2
187. e output on which this error occurred Operation of when an error occurs The other Error CH CHs If the parameters are written with the parameter processing of the slave station or Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned 13 parameters are written with the parameter processing of the slave station or Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned 13 off then on If CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then 3 off then on If CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then 4 on on Action Set the values that satisfy the condition CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to If the RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 lt CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B and perform one of the following operations If Initial data processing request flag RX8 is on turn off then on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 If the parameters are written with the parameter processing of the slave station or Initial data setting completion flag RX9 is on turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 If Initial data processing request flag RX8 and Initial data setting completion flag RXQ are off turn off then on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C Set coincidence output of Coincidence output compariso
188. e register Remote register controlled by a main module cannot be controlled by the master station W3E8 to W427 RWw0 to 3F RWw0 to 3F Device W Remote register Remote register W44C to W48B RWr0 to 3F RWr0 to 3F 9 dwexy weibold 6 181 2 Program condition This program uses Coincidence output 1 and Coincidence output 2 of CH1 in the high speed counter module The extension output module is used for outputting digital output signals and cam switch output signals 3 Initial setting description a Remote buffer memory parameter area setting Setting item Input response time setting Output HOLD CLEAR setting Cyclic data update watch time setting Comparison output setting Coincidence output 1 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 3 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 4 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 1 comparison condition setting Coincidence output 2 comparison condition setting Coincidence output 3 comparison condition setting Coincidence output 4 comparison condition setting Preset replace setting at coincidence output Coincidence output 1 Preset replace setting at coincidence output Coincidence output 2 Cam switch output unit assignment setting Cam switch output 1 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 2 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 3 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 4 channel assign
189. e same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Correct the REMFR REMTO instruction setting so that the instruction accesses the range within the remote buffer memory range Set the switch back to the station number which was set when the module was powered on Set Number of ON times integration function enable address 02024 to 00004 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY Set Cam switch output unit assignment setting address 01044 to O or 1 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9Q Take the following actions and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9Q e Set Comparison output setting address 01004 to 0 or 1 e Set CHO Operation mode setting address 0120 0140p to 0 Set Cyclic data update watch time setting address 0003 to a value between 0 and 20 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9Q Set the lower 3 bits of Input response time setting address 0001 to a value other than 000b 001b and 010b then turn on Initial data setting request flag RYQ Power off the module and connect an extension output module where Cam switch output unit assignment setting address 0104 assigns the module Then power on the module CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error Description and occurs Action cause The other Error CH
190. ection setting 0 ON at de e CH1 Counter function selection 0 count Di O Rising H CH1 Function input logic setting O Positve do i Fea Rising Falling CH1 Latch counter input logit setting 0 EU 3 During ON go a Olid F abana innn eee ss ee tnan antin a 3 Set CHD External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting H CH1 External presetireplace 7 Phase request detection setting 0 ON at de CH1 Counter function selection 0 Count Di i CH1 Function input logic setting 0 Positive 0 ON at detection i CH1 Latch counter input logic setting 0 Positive 1 NotON at detection 124 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS b Operation example of the preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 The following figure shows an operation example of turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B and changing the present value to the preset value 100 at the rising edge of CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 Ases gt Controlled by the high speed counter module gt Controlled by the program ON CHOI Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF Counter pulse CHL Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D CHL Preset replace command RY21 RY39 CHL Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 CHL External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B CHO
191. ed by turning on this signal while CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on Turn off CHO Preset replace f External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by using CHO command External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY39 CH2 RY 3B For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to count down pulses e This signal is valid when 1 Phase Multiple of 1 0 or 1 Phase Multiple of 2 1 is selected for CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142p e Inputting pulse in phase B can also start counting down pulses RY22 CH1 e The following figure shows the overview of the operation when 1 Phase Multiple of 1 0 is selected for CH1 Pulse input mode address 0122 e Up to AT is taken until this signal has been turned on 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 Count down command T L ON oA OFF PE NE B OFF RY3A CH2 CH1 Count ON down command o FF RY22 CH1 Present value l i i RNTC RWD BOX 100X_ 101 100 9998 External oe TE RY23 CH1 e Turn on this signal to turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request oT preset replace detection RX23 RX3B 22 Z Phase l l x amp Caes f e A count value cannot be replaced with the preset value while CHO External gt gt N UO RY3B CH2 detection reset preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23
192. ed counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 If it is not reset whether its value was updated after the re execution cannot be checked CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 1 0 Periodic Pulse Counter Function The periodic pulse counter function stores the values which are stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 and CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B in the remote register every specified cycle time T 1 Setting method of the periodic pulse counter function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XX CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function in CHO Counter function selection H CH1 Counter function selection 0 Count Di E Periodic Pulse Counter Function Ee H CH1 Function input logic setting CHI Latch counter input logie s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function CHI Z phase input response ti 2 OFF 0 T Lateh Counter Function T i 2 Sampling Counter Function H CH1 Function input response ti 2 OFF O B EE EE EFN a CH1 Latch counter input respo 2 OFF 0 E y 4 Count disableiPresetreplace Function CH1 Pulse measurement setti 0 Pulse Sa 5 Latch counterPresetreplace Function 2 Setting of th
193. ed in the encoder ground it to the relay box as shown by the dotted lines To the high speed counter module 69 suoneo sd Bui 1 9 9 S9DIAVQ BUI9 XF JO SIOJOSUUND JO Bui 9 9 6 6 2 Connectors for external devices The connectors and crimp tools for use with the high speed counter module must be purchased separately by the user The following tables list the connector types and the crimp tool 1 Precautions e Tighten the connector screws within the following specified torque range Screw type Tightening torque range Connector screw M2 6 screw 0 20 to 0 29Nem e Use copper wires having temperature rating of 75 C or more for the connectors e When required use UL approved connectors 2 Connector types Soldering type A6CON4 2 straight out diagonal out 0 3mm 22 AWG stranded Type Model Applicable wire size Soldering type A6CON 1 2 straight out acon 0 3mm 22 AWG stranded Crimp t 2 Mp ype AGCON2 0 088 to 0 24mm straight out 28 to 24 AWG stranded 4 The A6CONS pressure displacement type straight out connector cannot be used for the high speed counter module 3 Connector crimp tool Type Model Applicable wire size Contact 0 088 to 0 24mm FUJITSU COMPONENT LIMITED 28 to 24 AWG http www fcl fujitsu com en Crimp tool FCN 363T T005 H 70 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 6 3 I O interfaces with external devices This section describes the high speed co
194. ent Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 26th sb S68 ae eS ey aoe 265 CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 265 CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 266 CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D 247 CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D 253 CHO Operation mode address 06204 0640 275 CHU Operation mode setting address 01204 0140 0000 269 CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F 257 CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D 257 CHO Phase Z setting address 01254 0145p 271 CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 2 2 257 CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D 263 CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 251 CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 241 CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 01424 270 CHO Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal address 012A 014Ay 274 CHO Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal address 012By 014By 214 CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 253 CHO Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A 253 CHO PWM output assignment sett
195. ent value is within the specified range Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is more than Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 and 5 the present value is outside the specified range Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn off 3 4 110 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turn on regardless of CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 Even if Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw 6 to RWw7 RWWA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF are changed the present value is not compared with the changed value unless Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 is turned off then on UONOUNJ nd no BoUapIOUIOD Z E g uoouny nd no uosuedwog g g 111 c Operation example of out of range output The following figure shows the timing to enable Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 1000 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 2000 and an operation example of when the present value reaches out of the setting range 1000 to 2000 for the case where out of range output is set as the comparison condition Note that Coincidence output 1 is assigned to CH1 g
196. eo CHL Update flag Do Measured frequency value o RX2D RX45 CHUO Update flag reset completed RX44 CH2 Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value Update flag RX2D RX45 by CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value reset completed RY2C RY44 is completed Measured e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed rotation speed value RY2C RY44 is turned off value The operation is the same as that of CHO Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 except the signal name 245 Remote input o Signal name Description RX No e This signal turns on when CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated lt Page 148 Section 8 13 e CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated without resetting this flag e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 is turned on Update flag Measured frequency value e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset RX2D completed Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on
197. er module Controlled by the program CH1 Error reset command SIN RY36 OFF a ON K Remote READY ji RXB OFF A CH1 Latest error code 49001 KO RWr22 0 1200H ON Ne CH1 Error status A a RX36 OFF 1 CH2 Error status ON RX4E OFF y Error status flag N SA F RXA OFF APPENDICES e This signal turns on when the initial data setting processing is completed after the module is powered on or the remote reset is performed e This signal turns on after Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off e This signal turns on when Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off and Initial data setting completion flag RX9 is turned off e This signal turns off when Error status flag RXA turns on e This signal can be used as an interlock of programs For the overview of the operation refer to the descriptions of Initial data processing request flag RX8 Initial data setting completion flag RX9 and Error status flag RXA e This signal turns on when the comparison condition of CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is satisfied in the coincidence output function For details of the ON OFF conditions of this signal refer to Page 103 Section 8 3 2 e The ON condition can be changed with Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102p lex For within range output operation aie Controlled by the high speed counter module Point setting Coinci
198. er of steps Output 16 address 1C81p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error occurs If the parameters are written with the parameter processing of the slave station or Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 13 If Setting change request Coincidence output RY14 to RY17 is turned off then on The other CHs If the parameters are written with the parameter processing of the slave station or Initial data processing completion flag RY8 or Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on If Setting change request Coincidence output RY 14 to RY17 is turned off then on Action Set the values that satisfy the condition Lower limit value setting Coincidence output lt Upper limit value setting Coincidence output and perform one of the following operations e If Initial data processing request flag RX8 is on turn off then on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 If the parameters are written with the parameter processing of the slave station or Initial data setting completion flag RX9 is on turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RYQ If Initial data processing request flag RX8 and Initial data setting completion flag RXQ are off turn off then o
199. er when the counter format is the ring counter Action Review the setting in Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 0101p Review the setting in Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102p Turn on Initial data setting request flag RY9 or Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 after changing Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWwE to RWwF Turn off Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY 13 Set Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWwE to RWwF within the count range of the ring counter b When Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 does not turn off Check item Is the ON time of Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 AT or longer Only when Coincidence output is selected as the comparison condition 4 For AT refer to the following L gt Page 283 Appendix 4 Action Set the ON time of Reset command Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY10 to RY13 to AT or longer gt Page 249 Appendix 1 2 c When only Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 do not turn on Check item Is CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 on Is the external wiring to Coinci
200. eration refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to activate the setting data in the parameter area of the remote buffer memory Turn on this signal to save the setting values of the extended parameter area into the nonvolatile memory e When this signal is turned on the setting values in the parameter area of the remote buffer memory are reflected to the inside of the module In addition the setting values of the extended parameter area are saved into the nonvolatile memory e When this signal is turned on all the following remote input signals turn off e Warning status flag RX7 e Error status flag RXA e Remote READY RXB e Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 e Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX14 to RX17 e CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 e CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B e CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D e CHO Cam switch execute PWM output RX26 RX3E e CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F e CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value Sampling count Initial data setting value Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 RY9 e CHO Update flag Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count request flag value RX29 RX41 e CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 e CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counte
201. eset RY2C CH1 frequency aa completed Measured frequency value RX2C RX44 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value Update flag RX2D RX45 reset command Measured e When this signal is turned on CHO Update flag Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 turns off After resetting is completed CHO Update flag reset RY44 CH2 rotation speed value completed Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to start measuring pulses using CHO Function input terminal Pulse RY30 CH1 FUNC1 FUNC2 measurement ENP e When this signal is turned on the measurement of pulses using CHO Function start command l Funcioninpui input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 starts When the measurement starts Operating RY48 CH2 emia 1 is set in CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function Measured pulse RY31 CH1 valueampdaie input terminal RX32 RX4A Aearacah e When this signal is turned on CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function pean input terminal RX32 RX4A turns off After resetting is completed CHO oo Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RY49 CH2 Function input ieimi
202. esponsibility of Mitsubishi loss in opportunity lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products special damages and secondary damages whether foreseeable or not compensation for accidents and compensation for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products replacement by the user maintenance of on site equipment start up test run and other tasks 5 Changes in product specifications The specifications given in the catalogs manuals or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice 299 Microsoft Windows Windows NT and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries Pentium is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the United States and other countries Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation The SD logo and SDHC logo are trademarks All other company names and product names used in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies 300 SH NA 081129ENG A CC Link IE Field Network High Speed Counter Module User s Manual CCIEF CT U E 13JZ83 SH NA 081 129ENG A 1303 MEE a MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HEAD OFFICE TOKYO BUILDING 2 7 3 MARUNOUCHI CHIYODA KU TOKYO 100 8310 JAPAN NAGOYA WORKS 1 14 YADA MINAMI 5 CHOME HIGASHI KU NAGOYA JAPAN When exported from Japan this manual does not require application to the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry for service t
203. ess 01024 is set to Coincidence Output Upper limit value 00 this setting value is not used setting e The following shows the setting range Coincidence output 1 2147483648 to 2147483647 e The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 is turned off then on Point setting es a ae l ae e This setting is for Coincidence output 2 of the coincidence output function Coincidence output 2 l l l e The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 except the coincidence output number Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 2 U ii e This setting is for Coincidence output 2 of the coincidence output function er limit value ai e The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 except the coincidence output number setting Coincidence output 2 Point setting e This setting is for Coincidence output 3 of the coincidence output function e The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit
204. est Coincidence output 1 RY16 Setting change request RY14 is turned on the changes of Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower Coincidence output 3 limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 are reflected to the high speed counter module After the setting value is reflected Setting change completed ay Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on Coincidence output 4 e For Coincidence output 2 to 4 each corresponding remote I O signals and remote register RWw are used For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 RV1F External power supply Turn on this signal to activate the external power supply monitoring function monitor request flag T L For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 e Turn on this signal to enable output to coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 RY20 to EQU4 in the coincidence output function Coincidence e This signal is valid to all the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 output enable assigned to the channel RY38 Di e Up to AT is taken until this signal has been turned on 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 250 APPENDICES Remote Operation On output Signal name ae Description timing RY No e Turn on this signal to replace a count value with the preset value RY21 CH1 e The value cannot be replac
205. eter area is backed up to the nonvolatile memory The parameter backed up to the nonvolatile memory is read to the parameter area when the module power supply is turned off then on or the module returns from remote reset If the parameter is written from the parameter setting of the CC IE Field configuration of GX Worksz2 it is also written to the nonvolatile memory at that time When the parameter is written using the REMTO instruction it is written to the nonvolatile memory when Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on At this time the parameter is written to the nonvolatile memory even though it is incorrect When the power supply is turned off then on with an incorrect parameter written the incorrect parameter is read from the nonvolatile memory and an error code is stored to CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A Take corrective action according to the error code list gt Page 208 Section 11 2 Type Description N write CEC S C A Station based parameter data 42 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS Address ES Read Type Description Decimal Hexadecimal Write 01284 CH1 Latch counter input logic setting po R W 01294 CH1 External control input response time setting 002A R W 298 012A re a measurement setting Function input RW terminal CH1 Pulse measurement setting Latch counter 299 012By i a R W input terminal 01404 CH2 Operation mode setting po R W 01414 CH2 Count source selection po
206. ethod selection XXW CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 0 Count Disable Function in CHO Counter function selection H CHT Counter function selection 0 Count Disable Function he CH1 Function input logic setting o H CH1 Latch counter input logit 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function ie CH1 Z phase input response ti E 1 Latch Counter Function ae F 2 Sampling Counter Function CH1 Function pul raspunse t 2 WIRE A 2 Periodic Pulse Cnunier Funcion gt CH1 Latch counter input ene o 4 Count disable Presetireplace Function ees Win Pulsa messwnanianii sien 0 rules E _ 5 Latch counterPresetireplace Function 2 Operation example of the count disable function The following figure shows an operation example of stopping the counting while CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D and CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 are on ON CHO Count enable command 1 6 8 RY24 RY3C OFF l 1 I ee N a O ON _ CHO Selected counter function i 3 OG 9 as start command OFF i 4 zi RY25 RY3D E PY l i 5 O ON a i i i S CHO Counter function detection a RX25 RX3D OFF 7 S 4 5 CHO Function input terminal NOEN MBP FUNC1 FUNC2 oF CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr
207. etting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 Coincidence output 1 RX10 Coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 CH1 Count enable command RY24 OFF 2 No Description Start comparison of the present value and values set to Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw71 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 in the following order 1 Write 1000 into Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 2 Write 2000 into Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 1 3 Turn off then on Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 4 The values set for Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RVWw0 to RWw71 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 are enabled when Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on After confirming that Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on turn off Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 2 Turn off then on CH1 Count enable command RY24 to start counting If performing coincidence output from the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on CH1 Coincidence output enable command RY20 When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 or more and the pres
208. f steps Output 1 Cam switch function step No 1 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 2 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 3 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 4 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 5 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 6 setting Output 1 Point Setting details 0 Starts with output status being OFF 6 100 250 400 550 700 850 9 dwexy weibold 6 The setting value in the item related to the cam switch function is enabled when CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on However the extended parameter is set before turning on then off Initial data setting request flag RYQ to save the extended parameter to the nonvolatile memory in this program The extended parameters can be read written only by the REMFR REMTO instruction unlike the parameters 183 c Remote register setting Setting item Setting details setting value Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 1000 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 2 RWw4 to RWw5 1000 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 2 RWw6 to RWw7 2000 CH1 Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 2 5000 CH1 Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 2 5000 CH1 Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 100 CH1 Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 2 1ms 0 CH1 Cycle setting Sampling counter Pe
209. ff CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 RX41 and turns on CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 After that CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value RX28 RX40 turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value RY28 RY40 is turned off CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated even if CHO Update flag Latch count value RX29 4 RX41 is on The latch counter function operates regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY 24 RY3C 134 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point When the latch counter function is performed by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 the operation response time follows CHO Function input response time setting address 0129 b2 to b3 01494 b2 to b3 Since CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B is updated synchronizing with the internal control cycle a maximum of delay time shown below occurs until the acquired value is stored e AT Setting time of CHO Function input response time setting address 01294 b2 to b3 0149 b2 to b3 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 The latch counter function cannot be performed while CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on even if the other is turned on 135 uOI D8 aS UOI OUNY 4Je UNOD uogouny Ja UNOD Yo e7 8 8 8 9 Sampling Counter Function The sampling cou
210. formation Buijes 1 J WELeJIed 17 81 5 Double click the item to change the setting and input the setting value e Items to input from the pull down list Double click the item to set to display the pull down list Select the item e Items to input from the text box Double click the item to set and input the setting value The box cannot be unchecked it Name Initial Value Read Value Write Value Setting Range Unit Description Va Text box type The list cannot be folded Pull down list type Setting item Input response time setting Output HOLD CLEAR setting Cyclic data update watch time setting Comparison output setting Coincidence output 1 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 3 channel assignment setting Coincidence output 4 channel assignment setting 82 LIUN Comparison output setti Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameter write The parameters are written to the target module Parameter Information Checked parameters are the targets of selected processes tion based parameter Input response time setting W Output HOLD CLEAR setting 0 CLEAR WYLIL VUALA UNUGLE WALII UI U Settheinputrespo Set whether to holc x100ms Setthe cyclic data t ni CLEAR
211. from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Description Decimal Write 2 513 to 767 e Extension output module NZ2EX2B1 16T Address Read Description Decimal Write 2 SN a E A 4 This is the value at default or initialization by Parameter area initialization command address 1002p 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 2 Monitoring area address 05004 to O9FF aa Type aa Station based a 1280 to 1535 0500 to 05FF System area monitoring data 15360 0600 Channel assignment Coincidence output 1 to 4 0000h 1568 0620 CH1 Operation mode ae Module based 1569 06214 CH1 Selected counter function ae as monitoring data 1600 06404 CH2 Operation mode C a 1601 06414 CH2 Selected counter function D Module based monitoring data The remote buffer memory of the connected ing 1792 to 2047 0700 to O7FFy iaaa extension extension module is assigned module 1 1 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Read Write 2 45 Jowa JOLING 3Jow y JO S17 7 E a Monitoring area of the extension module The remote buffer memory differs depending on the model of the extension module e Extension input module NZ2EX2B1 16D Address Read Descript
212. function counter function selection po fo a Periodic pulse counter function po fo 3 Count disable preset replace function po fo a Latch counter preset replace function po fol s 90 Reference Page 95 Section 8 2 1 Page 97 Section 8 2 2 Page 102 Section 8 3 Page 103 Section 8 3 2 Page 114 Section 8 3 3 Page 117 Section 8 3 4 Page 122 Section 8 4 Page 127 Section 8 5 Page 131 Section 8 7 Page 133 Section 8 8 Page 136 Section 8 9 Page 139 Section 8 10 Page 142 Section 8 11 Page 145 Section 8 12 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS Comparison Counter Setting value Function name output setting Operation mode function Reference setting oe selection Coinci dence In this mode the pulses of the pulse input terminals pueaulency in phase A and B are counted and the frequency is Page 148 eal automatically calculated Section 8 13 ent mode Frequency measurement function Po f Rotation In this mode the pulses of the pulse input terminals speed in phase A and B are counted and the rotation Page 152 measurem speed is automatically calculated Section 8 14 Dedicated ent mode Rotation speed measurement function mode In this mode the ON width or OFF width of pulses ruse input to the function input terminal or latch counter Page 156 input terminal is measured Section 8 15 ent mode l In this mode the PWM waveform of 200kHZz at a maximum is output fr
213. g 0 000 eee 66 Encoders that can be connected 15 EQUTiI6 EQUA LED wo s eke one wt eG 22 EQU1 to EQU4 terminal status RWr1 255 ERR LEDin e tye ace ac bares haat Sa nae Ree ee 22 Error code list cris sat Meee etude at kan aee aes 208 Error history clear command address 1000p 277 Error history clear completed address 10014 277 Error history address OA00 to OAFFy 2 6 Error notification function 00 169 Error status flag RXA 000000 239 Extended parameter area address 15004 to 1FFFp Me Girth At sitet de able dy sats BAM dd ahGn 8 ots ae ehh ake ak 280 Extended parameter area address 15804 to 1CA1p sin ata ae eee Goes aanat a eee Gn Bata eee wae 281 External dimensions 00050000 293 External power supply monitor request flag RY1F hank foc hot atin area es etd earn a ee idee 250 External power supply monitor state flag RX1F 240 External power supply monitoring function 173 POAUFCS maai kel a dpe wt acetone Mew ade Oe A ate 17 PNC LAT EED masi heh on bee bite ae des cues 22 Frequency measurement function 148 Function at the extension module installation 172 295 G L O P 2 General specifications oaaao 25 I O interfaces with external devices 71 Initial data processing completion flag RY8 249 Initial data processing request flag RX8 237 Initial dat
214. g Codes 0 0000 e eee 205 1122 Emro Code Lists cit eoieckt cyo ete Beck toh ceeds ee 6 1 Me tee geek lie eck 208 11 3 Checking the LEDS sce ictd oye oe eek eh hepa eae ee gobi a el ey ots 224 HA NOTES es ane ox aes A btn Ses Gis he OG he eT ad eens Sot a ee eee 227 11 5 Troubleshooting for Each Phenomenon 0c ee eee nee 228 11 5 1 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the normal mode 228 11 5 2 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the frequency measurement mode 234 11 5 3 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the rotation speed measurement mode R arctan ae etek areas tea Sie EE A Bees ek wee ae eae arene ae 234 11 5 4 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the pulse measurement mode 234 11 5 5 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the PWM output mode 235 APPENDICES 236 Appendix 1 Details of Remote I O Signals 0 2 0 0 0 teens 236 Appendix 1 1 Details of remote input signals 0 0 0 0 0 ee 236 Appendix 1 2 Details of remote output signals 1 0 0 00 cc ee 249 Appendix 2 Details of Remote Registers 0 0 0 0 eee 255 Appendix 3 Details of Remote Buffer Memory AddressesS 0000 cc eects 267 Appendix 4 Internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time 00000 eee eee 283 Appendix 5 EMC and Low Voltage Directives 0 0 0 0 eee eee 286 Appendix 5 1 Measures
215. g method of the rotation speed measurement function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XX CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Operation mode setting to 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode ree CH1 Operation mode setting 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode CH1 Count source selection 0 4 Phasel a CH1 Pulse input mode D1 Phase 2 2 9 0 Normal Mode CHI Counting speed seting 0 10kpps Frequency Measurement Mode L GH1 Counter format Lineare Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode CH1 Z phase Preset trigger s 0 Rising PWM output Made m om 2 Calculation of the rotation speed The rotation speed measurement function calculates the rotation speed from the following formula e Rotation speed r min 60 x Count value per unit of time Unit of time x Number of pulses per rotation 2 4 Select a unit of time from 0 01s 0 1s or 1s 2 Set the number of pulses per rotation in the range of 1 to 8000000 Therefore when the count value per unit of time is 0 the rotation speed is O r min At subtraction count the value of the rotation speed is negative 3 Setting of the unit of time for rotation speed measurement and the number of pulses per rotation Set a unit of time to CHO Time unit
216. ge 114 Section 8 3 3 105 UONOUNJ nd no BoUapIOUIOD Z E g uoloun nd no uosiedwoy g g 4 Output destination of comparison result for the coincidence output function The following table lists the output destination of the comparison result for each comparison condition O Enable Disable Comparison condition Comparison condition Setting item Coincidence Within range Out of range Output overview gt Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to po ofo RX13 Outputs the result whether the specified Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals comparison condition was satisfied or not Outputs a relationship greater or smaller Counter value greater smaller signal RWr0 between the present value and the point setting coincidence output 1 to 4 The following table lists the details on Counter value greater smaller signal RWr0 Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Details Bit name Present Present Present Counter value b15b14b13b12b11b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO smaller Coincidence output 1 to 4 Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence output 4 output 3 output 2 output 1 Counter value greater Coincidence output 1 to 4 greater Counter value smaller Counter value greater Counter value smaller Counter value greater Counter value smaller Counter value greater Counter value smaller Counter value 106 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 5 Output setting on Coincidence output 1
217. gram to count the pulses according to the following procedure Program for each mode Page 185 Section 9 3 4 Parameter setting Page 190 Section 9 3 6 Error warning reset program 1 A program that is added according to the control target Create a program if needed CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 9 3 Program Example 1 System configuration Power supply module Q62P CPU module Q10UDHCPU Master local module QJ71GF11 T2 Input module QX40 Input module QX40 p High speed counter module NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Extension output module 3 NZ2EX2B1 16T i F 1 s a PA i il SOE S _ ee ee Master station Station No 0 Remote device station Station No 1 a Link device assignment Master station Station No 0 Remote device station Station No 1 Main module Extension module 1 CPU module Master module high speed counter input digital output Device X Remote input RX Remote input RX X1000 to X104F RX00 to RX4F RX00 to RX4F X1050 to X105F RX50 to RXSF RX50 to RX5F Device Y Remote output RY Remote output RY Y1000 to Y104F RY00 to RY4F RY00 to RY4F 1050 to Y105F RY50 to RYSF RY50 to RYSF Remote output RY RY50 to 5F pis the cam switch function is used the external output signal Device W Remot
218. gress Link stop Cyclic stop ate tes Flashing Communication error Cyclicstop Cyclicstop ON JON JON Flashing Cn a C ON Error E e E E T rs Unit test completion Abnormal Se gt ee A 4 Either of ON or OFF 2 Either of ON Flashing or OFF 3 When the module is failed the LED may not turn on 24 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS This chapter describes the specifications of the high speed counter module 3 1 General Specifications Item Specifications Operating ambient 0 to 55 C temperature St bient orage ambien 25 to 75 C temperature Operating ambient humidit u 5 to 95 RF non condensing Storage ambient humidity Constant Number of Frequency Half amplitude acceleration sweeps Compliant with Under 5 to 8 4Hz PS 35m 10 times each in Vibration JIS B 3502 and intermittent X Y andZ Undercontinuous 5t084Hz 175mm vibration 84totsoHz 4oms oo Shock resistance Compliant with JIS B 3502 and IEC 61131 2 147m s2 3 times each in X Y and Z directions G Operatin D p g No corrosive gases D atmosphere D Operatin O pa 0 to 2000m altitude 2 Installation a Inside a control panel 2 location 3 Overvoltage 3 ll or less category Pollution 4 2 or less degree Equipment class Class 4 Do not use or store the high speed counter module under pressure higher than the atmospheric pressure of altitude Om Doing so ma
219. he MODE LED flashes while the unit test is being E m l executed Flashing Bross 6 The MODE LED turns off when the unit test is When completed completed PW RUN MODE DLINK ERR ON e When completed E E E The ERR LED does not turn on but remains off P Flashing When failed i OFF The ERR LED turns on lf the test fails replace the Ethernet cable and run the test When failed again If the test fails again it may be due to a hardware PW RUN MODE DLINK ERR ON failure in the high speed counter module Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative EE Flashing OFF When unit test fails the error details can be checked in the error history To check the error history set the station number of the high speed counter module and connect the module to the master station with an Ethernet cable For the error history refer to the following e Checking by executing a command of the slave station _ gt Page 205 Section 11 1 1 e Error history 1 to 15 address 0A00y to OAFF gt Page 276 Appendix 3 14 22 IN C J aa iq N to 11 5 Troubleshooting for Each Phenomenon This section describes troubleshooting for each phenomenon Perform troubleshooting for each phenomenon when the high speed counter module does not operate properly with no error When an error occurs in the high speed counter module identify the err
220. he command of the slave station The following shows how to clear an error by executing the command of the slave station 1 Select the high speed counter module in List of Tel CC JE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 No 0000 stations on the CC IE Field Configuration i CCIE Field Configuration Edit view Mode Setting online Normal Mode Assignment Method Start STA window Model Name Station Type 4 M F 0 Host Station 0 Master Station y E NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Remote Device Station List of stations 2 Open the Command Execution of Slave Station window CC IE Field Configuration gt Command Execution of Slave Station 3 Set Method selection to Error clear request and Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 i click the Execute button Method selection Error clear request x The error of the target module is cleared m Command Setting Command Execution of Slave Station There is no command setting in the selected process m Execution Result There is no execution result in the selected process The refreshed device values of remote I O or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination Process is executed according to the parameters written in the PLC
221. he operation mode to be used 0 A Phase B Phase Initial value 3 2 Phase Multiple of 1 2 200kpps as e ee te eee SS S OSs O Ol S Sy Se SO eS Set a value according to the counter format to be used 0 Rising Initial value Setting item CH1 External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting CH1 Counter function selection CH1 Function input logic setting CH1 Latch counter input logic setting CH1 Z phase input response time setting CH1 Function input response time setting CH1 Latch counter input response time setting CH1 Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal CH1 Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING Setting value 0 ON at detection Initial value Set a value according to the counter function to be used 0 Positive Logic Initial value 0 Positive Logic Initial value Set any response time Set any response time Set any response time 0 Pulse ON Width Initial value 1 Pulse OFF Width Set the initial values for the parameters in CH2 and the extension output module b Extended parameter remote buffer memory setting Set the extended parameter remote buffer memory only when using the cam switch function Set it to operate Cam switch output 1 for CH1 Present value as shown below i oe to value Output 1 GEF Setting item Cam switch function step type Output 1 Cam switch function number o
222. ifferential input DC input 1 multiple 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 500kpps 1Mpps 2Mpps__ 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 500kpps 1Mpps 2Mpps 2 multiples PpS V YKPpS AVU KppSOV KPPS t MPPSAVPPS 4 0kpps 100kpps 200kpps 4Mpps 10kpps 100kpps 200kpps 500kpps 1Mpps 2Mpps 4 multipl 10kpps 100kpps 200k multiples AMpps 8Mpps pps pps pps Number of channels 2 channels Count input signal Differential input DC input Phase 1 phase input 1 multiple 2 multiples 2 phase input 1 multiple 2 multiples 4 multiples CW CCW EIA Standards RS 422 A differential line driver level AM26LS31 manufactured by Texas 5 24VDC 4 to 8mA Signal level 0A QB Instruments or equivalent Counter Differential input DC input Counting speed Maximum 2 8Mpps 4 multiples of 2 phases 200kpps Counting range 32 bit signed binary 2147483648 to 2147483647 Count subtraction count Format Linear counter format ring counter format Preset replace function latch counter function Minimum count pulse width us Duty ratio 50 5u l I I d p cM 1 phase input 1 multiple 2 multiples CW CCW S 10 25us 10 2548 1 2 5us 2 54s a Mo iat Minimum pulse width in 2 multiples of 1 phase Minimum pulse width in 2 multiples of 1 phase 0 25us 2 5US 0 5us 20us lt h A Do 0 25us 0 25us 10us 10us 2 phase input 1 multiple 2 tr _ gt d 1_ gt multiples 4 multiples TL 0 125 us i Bus gt
223. igned to each slot Page 74 Section 7 1 4 Swstch Setting Configure the switch setting of the built in I O or intelligent function modules Page 74 Section 7 1 6 Set the following BENE Error Time Output Mode Pe PLC Operation Mode at HW Error VO Response Time shows setting or operating examples For details refer to the following Q shows reference manuals Point Page 75 Section 7 1 7 Setting Start X Y enables modification on the start O numbers assigned to connected modules E hen 1000 is specified in Start X Y to the slot where a 16 point module is connected the assignment range of an input module is changed to X1000 to X100F m ELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Function Explanation Program Fundamentals Set the type of the connected module in Type Setting a different type results in SP UNIT LAY ERR lt gt shows reference pages lt gt Page 30 Section 4 2 2 asthe intelligent function module the I O points must also be the same in addition to the I O assignment setting When an intelligent module is connected I O assignment can be omitted by selecting connected modules from Intelligent Function Module in the Project window 4 The mouse operation example is provided below Menu bar TZ Online 5 gt Write to PLC Select Online on the menu bar and then select Write to PLC A window selected in the view selection area is displayed W P
224. ilation and an easy module change WY 60mm 60mm or longer or longer 60mm or longer a _ or longer a Jor longer PA l d x T I E5 60mm 60mm or longer or longer 06 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 2 3 Installation direction The high speed counter module can be installed in six directions Use the DIN rail to install the module Downward installation UJ U DIN rail Horizontal installation Vertical installation Horizontal installation upside down uo1 9 11p uo elesu Z 9 UOIISOg UOHeElje SuU pue yjuawuoaug uonejesul Z 9 Upward installation of 6 3 Installation 6 3 1 Connecting extension modules 1 Connecting procedure r 1 Remove the cover on the side of the module Do not dispose the removed cover but store it 2 Release the module joint levers two points on the side of the extension module Slide the levers vertically 3 Insert the connector of the extension module into that of the high speed counter module so that they are securely engaged 4 Lock the module joint levers two points on the side of the extension module Slide the levers toward the module Check that the modules are securely connected 58 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 2 Disconnecting procedure Disconnect the module
225. inal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 at the rising edge of CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 After CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 turns on 1 JEUILWIA ndu 49 UNOD Yo e7 Ag UONOUN Je UNOD ye S g 2 When CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is turned off then on the high speed counter module turns off CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 and turns on 3 CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 After that CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 turns off when CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is turned off CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated even if CHO Latch count 4 value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 is on The latch counter function operates regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 127 Point When the latch counter function is performed by CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 the operation response time follows CHO Latch counter input response time setting address
226. incidence output 2 comparison z l 1 Within range Output condition setting 2 Out of range Output Page 102 Section 8 3 0 Coincidence Output Coincidence output 3 comparison i 1 Within range Output condition setting 2 Out of range Output 0 Coincidence Output Coincidence output 4 comparison ve l 1 Within range Output condition setting 2 Out of range Output Preset replace setting at coincidence 0 Present value not replaced output Coincidence output 1 1 Present value replaced Page 114 Section 8 3 3 Preset replace setting at coincidence 0 Present value not replaced output Coincidence output 2 1 Present value replaced Cam switch output unit assignment 0 No Assignment setting 1 Stage 1 Cam switch output 1 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 2 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 3 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 4 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 5 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 6 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Bulyjas 1 J WeIed Z Cam switch output 7 channel assignment 0 CH1 Page 117 Section 8 3 4 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 8 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 9 channel assignment 0 CH1 setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 10 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam s
227. ing RWw1D RWw35 000 000 ee ee eee 266 CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 263 CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 263 CHO Selected counter function address 06214 064144 0 00 e eee 215 CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RYSD acco veu ess hate eee gee 252 CHO Setting change completed Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RX27 RX3F 242 CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F 252 CHO Status RWr20 RWr38 259 CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 nananana s ded a Shi ee ea ake 265 CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E 264 CHO Update flag Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 244 CHO Update flag Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 246 CHO Update flag reset command Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value CRY 265 RYO sai ects Oa cash SU elite doom es aeslaeceskee 252 CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RY ZC RY44 cerae e God aoe eet eed ben 253 CHO Update flag reset completed Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 243 C
228. ing on CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D e This signal turns off when CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is turned off pee e The following figure shows an operation example of when the latch counter function is performed ii Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 l i CHO Selected counter function ON start command RY25 RY3D Counter function detection RX3D CHU Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D e This signal turns on when the cam switch function is started by turning on CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E e This signal turns on when the PWM output is started by turning on CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E e This signal turns off when CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off RX26 Cam switch execute PWM RX3E e This signal turns on after the changes of CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E and CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F by CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F are reflected to the high speed counter module e This signal turns off when CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodi
229. ings are incorrect A value other than 50 to 10000000 is set in CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Operation of when an error occurs The oth Error CH venues CHs 13 lf CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on 12 If CHO ON 3 width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned off then on Action Measure pulses within the measurable range To resume the measurement take either of the following actions e Input the target pulses again Turn off then on CHO Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A Set CHO Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal address 012Bu 014Bp to 0 or 1 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9Q Take the following actions and turn off then on CHO PWM output start command RY26 RYSE e Turn on one or more bits from bO to b3 e Turn on Coincidence output bit which is assigned to the target channel Set CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 to 0 or a value between 10 and 10000000 and perform either of the following operations e If CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E is off turn off then on CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E e If CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E is on tu
230. ink IE Field Network master local module A station that controls CC Link IE Field Network The station can communicate with all stations Only one master station can be used in a network The station can perform the cyclic transmission and transient transmission A station that deals with bit data The station can communicate with the master station and other local stations The station cannot communicate with other remote I O stations remote device stations and intelligent device stations The station can perform the cyclic transmission A station that deals with bit data and word data The station can communicate with the master station and other local stations The station cannot communicate with other remote I O stations remote device stations and intelligent device stations The station can perform the cyclic transmission Buffer memory in a remote device station Word data input from a slave station to the master station For some areas in a local station data are output in the opposite direction RA User s manual for the master local module used Word data output from the master station to a slave station For some areas in a local station data are output in the opposite direction I User s manual for the master local module used Bit data output from the master station to a slave station For some areas in a local station data are output in the opposite direction T User s manual for the master local module used
231. input in the set sampling period 1ms as CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B seses gt Controlled by the high speed counter module gt Controlled by the program ON 7 CHU Count enable command RY24 RY3C 150 100 CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 ae CHU Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHU Counter function detection RX25 RX3D CHL Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 150 100 50 CHL Sampling count value 0 RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B CHL Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag RWr20 b3 RWr38 b3 CHU Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 CHO Update flag reset command uonouny Ja UNOD Bulj dwes 6 8 Sampling count value OFF a Ah RY28 RY40 A y 4 CHL Update flag reset completed UE i s i Sampling count value OFF 4 4 RX28 RX40 1 T Sampling period 137 No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 138 Description Counting the input pulses starts from 0 at the rising edge of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 For CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns on or off by turning on or off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Counting stops at the end of the preset sampling period While the sampling counter fun
232. input pulses which meet the performance specifications ae specifications Does the other channel show the same count result If a different count value appears a module failure may be the cause Please when the same input is applied to the other channel consult your local Mitsubishi representative Point How to fix pulse form This portion describes how to fix pulse waveform by dummy resistance that can be used against noises from outside or distortion of pulse waveform To fix pulse waveform effectively increase load current inside cables by applying dummy resistance of several hundreds ohms several W between the pulse input terminals connected to the encoder The greater the load current the more effective this method is Effect e When the distance between the encoder and the high speed counter module is long Distortion of waveform is fixed and the pulse waveform becomes stable e When the pulse waveform is distorted due to noises from outside Taking the method above stabilizes pulse waveform distortion of pulse waveform by noise can be reduced Example of dummy resistance at 24VDC High speed counter module Put dummy resistance of several hundreds ohms several W between the pulse input terminals 24V and COM B19 B13 How to choose dummy resistance The following example describes how to choose the required resistance amount and rated standard electricity of dummy resistance lt Example gt e
233. iodic pulse count value update check CH1 Cycle setting RWr17 RWw17 S Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH1 Time unit setting Frequency RWr18 RWw18 l l l measurement Rotation speed measurement CH1 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal CH1 Moving average count Frequency RWr19 RWw19 measurement Rotation speed measurement RWr1A CH1 Measured frequency value Measured rotation RWw1A l CH1 Number of pulses per rotation RWr1B speed value RWw1B RWriC RWw1C Use prohibited CH1 Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1D RWw1D CH1 PWM output assignment setting 39 Remote register RWr signal direction High speed Remote register RWw signal direction Master local counter module Master local module module High speed counter module Device ae Device D Description Description number number RWr1E CH1 Measured pulse value Latch counter input RWw1E j l R CH1 ON width setting PWM output RWr1F terminal RWw1F RWr20 CH1 Status RWw20 CH1 Cycle setting PWM output RWr21 CH1 External input status RWw21 RWr22 CH1 Latest error code RWw22 Use prohibited RWr23 CH1 Latest warning code RWw23 Use prohibited RWr24 Use prohibited RWw24 Use prohibited RWr25 Use prohibited RWw25 Use prohibited RWr26 Use prohibited RWw26 Use prohibited RWr27 Use prohibited RWw27 Use prohibited RWr28 RWw28 CH2 Present value CH2 Ring counter lower limit value RWr29 RWw29 RWr2A CH2 Latch count value Sampling count val
234. ion A Decimal Write 2 1792 0700 Extension module identification code 00001 R 4 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable e Extension output module NZ2EX2B1 16T Address Read Description A 1822 to 1823 Number of ON times integration a ooo R 4 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Point Number of ON times integration value YO to Number of ON times integration value YF are written to a nonvolatile memory in the specified cycle CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3 Error history area address 0A00 to OFFF Type Description i Decimal Hexadecimal Los es Error time Second 00 Fixed R based error Same as Error history 1 4 This is the value at default or initialization by Error history clear command address 1000p Jowa yng ajowsY jo3siq 7 E 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Point The error history area is written to a nonvolatile memory when an error occurs 47 4 Module control data area address 10004 to 14FF Type Description write 4096 1000 Error history clear command 0000 R W 4097 10014 Error history clear c
235. ion input terminal CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal CH1 Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal CH1 ON width setting change request CH1 Error reset command PWM output LED signal for checking the coincidence output 1 LED signal for checking the coincidence output 2 LED signal for checking underflow occurrence LED signal for checking overflow occurrence LED signal for checking that PWM output is in process Counter value greater smaller signal CH1 Present value NZ2GFCF D62PD2 Y1000 to Y104F NZ2EX2B1 16T Y1050 to Y105F CH1 Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count difference value CH1 Periodic pulse count present value CH1 Periodic pulse count value update check CH1 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal CH1 Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value Device D1128 to D1129 D1130 to D1131 D1132 D1134 1 D1135 2 D3000 to D3239 D3300 D3301 D3302 to D3303 D3304 to D3305 D3306 to D3307 D3308 to D3309 D3310 to D3311 D3312 to D3313 MO M10 M100 M101 M102 M110 M111 M112 M200 M201 M202 SB0047 SB0049 SWO00A0 0 SW00B0 0 NO 1 Stores the latest error major error or moderate error and holds it also after an error reset CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING Description CH1 Measured pul
236. ions can be checked on a list The system monitor on the selected station is activated and the status of the System Monitor module can be checked This function is unavailable for the high speed counter module Page 177 Section Remote Operation The selected station can be reset through the remote operation 8 21 1 a 4 Selected Station Communication Status Monitor which appears at the bottom right in the window indicates the communication status of the high speed counter module For the error and warning for the high speed counter module refer to the following e Checking for The Error Codes and the Warning Codes Page 205 Section 11 1 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS a Remote operation 1 Select a slave station to be reset and click the Remote Operation button CC IE Field Diagnostics Select Diagnostics Destination Monitor Status Select R Module Module 1 Network No 1 Change Module 3 Station No 1 Tr Sea Meee Monitoring tart Monitor Stop Monitor Network Status Total Slave Stations Total Slave Stations Current Link Number of Station o T Data link unperformed Set In Parameter 1 Connected 1 Scan Time MS Errors Detected 0 Hide Disconnected Station Legend RESLIS ei Operation Test Selected Station Communication Status Monitor N22GFCF DE Communication Test Check the transient communication route from the connected Gommuricaton Test station to the destinati
237. iring to Coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 correct Is a resistive load connected to the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 Measures against noise Are the shielded twisted pair cables used for PWM output wiring Are measures against noise taken for the adjacent devices and inside the control panel Is the distance between the high voltage equipment and PWM output line kept enough Does any noise come from the grounded part of the high speed counter module Action If an error is indicated with the CPU module refer to troubleshooting on the user s manual for the CPU module used Review the setting in Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 01014 and CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 Check the external wiring and correct errors Connect a resistive load since the output waveform is highly distorted by connecting a load other than a resistive load Use the shielded twisted pair cables for PWM output wiring Take noise reduction measures such as attaching a CR surge suppressor to the magnet switch Bundle up the PWM output lines in a single tube and keep a distance of 150mm or more between the PWM output lines and the power line even inside the control panel Separate the grounding cable of the high speed counter module from the grounded part If the case of the high speed counter module touches the grounded part separate it 235 uousw
238. ison output function coincidence output function or cam switch function program Overflow underflow detection program Use this program when the linear counter function is set for counter format Error warning reset program Error history read program 9 dwexy weibold 6 b Program configuration under a mode other than the normal mode Program examples under a mode other than the normal mode operate in a single program example c Error warning reset program and error history read program If an error or warning processing is required for a program example under a mode other than the normal mode add the error warning reset program and error history read program of the normal mode before the MCR instruction of each program 185 5 Device for user Device Description X30 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal read signal X36 Pulse measurement Function input terminal start signal X37 Pulse measurement Latch counter input terminal start signal S nee X38 Pulse measurement Function input terminal stop signal X39 Pulse measurement Latch counter input terminal stop signal X3A PWM output start signal X3B PWM output stop signal X3C Error warning reset start signal X3D Error history read start signal 186 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING Device Description X1007 Warning status flag X1008 Initial data processing request flag X1009 Initial data setting completion flag X100A Error status flag X100B
239. ity test in which electric fields are irradiated to the product Immunity test in which burst noise is applied to the power line and signal line Immunity test in which lightning surge is applied to the power line and signal line Immunity test in which high frequency noise is applied to the power line and signal line Immunity test in which the product is installed in inductive magnetic field Immunity test in which power supply voltage is momentarily interrupted APPENDICES Standard value e 8kV Air discharge e 4kV Contact discharge 80 AM modulation 1kHz e 80M 1000MHz 10V m e 1 4G 2 0GHz 3V m e 2 0G 2 7GHz 1V m e AC DC main power I O power AC I O unshielded 2kV e DC I O analog communication 1kV e AC power line AC I O power AC I O unshielded 2kV CM 1kV DM e DC power line DC I O power 0 5kV CM DM e DC I O AC I O shielded analog 2 communication 1kV CM 0 15M 80MHz 80 AM modulation 1kHz 10Vrms SOHz 60Hz 30A m e Apply at 0 0 5 cycles and zero cross point e 0 250 300 cycles 50 60Hz e 40 10 12 cycles 50 60Hz e 70 25 30 cycles 50 60Hz The module is an open type device a device designed to be housed in other equipment and must be installed inside a conductive control panel The tests were conducted with the programmable controller installed in a control panel The accuracy of an analog digital converter module may temporarily vary within 10 28
240. ke ean eae Pa ea Ie a te wer Ar ana 12 PACKINGUWS eta sep aie eee eer Wenham A ae N eke Ls A E 14 CHAPTER 1 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE 15 ded APPC ON 6 37 hh 2s cso eer es eye ee ere Sed Su re eee ee BA 16 25 POATUNCS stench tens di i het oie ee ba as tao A le il ke ee Bad al Eh anes Bad ae a dee th 17 CHAPTER 2 PART NAMES 21 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 25 3 1 General Specifications 0 0 naaa cc eee ee eee teens 25 3 2 Performance Specifications 0 0 ee eee eens 2 3 2 1 The input waveform and the phase difference between phase A pulse and phase B pulse Sg cast one Atpica fuk A toeu Gan oe 2d det Aig ad PE A va eG tae eee Gea 30 3 3 Calculating Current Consumption 0 0 0 0 0 00 ccc eee es 32 24 iFUNnCtOMMISt osterin tes oe ee ee ee i eh ee ie ee ee a 33 3 5 List of Remote I O Signals 0 0 0 0 ee ene eens 35 36 Listof Remote Register 33 c g oe he ad See Bd he nh heehee 39 3 7 List of Remote Buffer Memory 0 0 20 0000 ee eee eens 41 CHAPTER 4 THE PROCEDURE BEFORE OPERATION 51 CHAPTER 5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 53 5 1 High Speed Counter Module System Configuration 2 0 0 0 eee 53 52 JAppliGable SystemS 72 142 24 0 20d 008 a AG oY eee ei Pah obs ooh A 54 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 55 6 1 Staton Number SeNinG 3622 rasti an a e e E Ga E A aid da E ee aid a A 99 6 2 Installation Environment and Installation Position 0 0 00 aae 56 6 2 1 Installation environment 0 0 0 0
241. l command Latch counter input terminal CH1 Latch t val date fl RX2B Oe E A RY2B Use prohibited Latch counter input terminal RX2C CH1 Update flag reset completed Measured RY2C CH1 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value frequency value Measured rotation speed value CH1 Update flag M df RX2D Pane pee ton ney RY2D Use prohibited value Measured rotation speed value RX2E Use prohibited RY2E Use prohibited RX2F Use prohibited RY2F Use prohibited CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS Remote input signal direction High speed counter Remote output signal direction Master local Module module Master local module module High speed counter module type Device ae Device a Description Description number number CH1 Pulse measurement start command RX30 Use prohibited RY30 Function input terminal RX31 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset RY31 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal command Function input terminal RX32 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag RY32 CH1 Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal Latch counter input terminal RX33 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset RY33 CH1 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal command Latch counter input terminal CH1 Measured pulse value update fla RX34 F roy 9 RY34 Use prohibited Latch counter input terminal CH1 ON width setting change complete
242. l power supply RX1F External power supply ON monitor request flag orrFe RY1F Ti l monitor state flag i 1 1 External power supply i l monitoring function Disable ara External power supply ON i monitor state flag 7 A RX1F OFF 240 APPENDICES Remote input RX N Signa name name Description O e This signal turns on when the preset is completed by turning on CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 e This signal turns off when CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 is turned off RX21 CHTY o gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D 100 Preset replace completion CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 CHUI Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 RX39 CHO Present value 0 y 100 RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after the preset is completed 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when a count value is replaced with the preset value by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 Note that this signal does not turn on when Z phase Preset trigger setting address 0125 b0 to b1 0145 b0 to b1 in CHO Phase Z setting address 01254 0145p is set to During ON 11 e This signal turns off when CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset e The value is not replaced while
243. le 6A is on Counts on the falling edge 1 of 6B while 0A is off For counting up 2 phase multiple of 4 Counts on the rising edge T of oA while 6B is on Counts on the falling edge 1 of A while 6B is off Counts on the rising edge 1 of B while oA is off Counts on the falling edge 1 of B while 0A is on For counting down pA B pA B dA B pA oB pA oB pA oB Point When using the phase B pulse input or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A for 1 phase pulse input turn off the unused signals When the phase B pulse input or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A is on countdown is performed with the phase A pulse input a 1 phase pulse input For 1 phase pulse input multiple of 1 or multiple of 2 can be selected as a counting method The following figure shows the relationship between phase A pulse input and phase B pulse input or CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A s pow ndul esjnd jo s d L 1 1 9 spouje Bununog pue s po ndul easing 1 8 High speed counter module Pulse input 4 B or CHOI Count down command RY22 RY3A 93 b CW CCW pulse input For CW CCW pulse input pulses can be counted up with the phase A pulse input and counted down with the phase B pulse input The following figure shows the relationship between phase A pulse input and phase B pulse input High spee
244. loopback function is enabled check that the ring topology is Is the loopback function enabled for the master station correctly configured for the port where the L ER LED is on LL User s manual for the master local module used 7 When the LINK LED turns off Check item Action e Check that 1OOOBASE T compliant Ethernet cables are used LU User s manual for the master local module used e Check that the station to station distance is 100m or less e Check that the Ethernet cables are not disconnected e Check that a 1OOOBASE T compliant switching hub is used Are Ethernet cables normal Do the switching hub and other stations in the system LJ User s manual for the master local module used normally operate e Check that the power supplies of the switching hub and other stations are turned on 8 When the ERR LED flashes turns on Check item Action Identify the error cause of the high speed counter module and take Does any error occur y corrective action with GX Works2 226 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 11 4 Unit Test Run a unit test to check if there is any abnormality in the high speed counter module 1 Power off the module 2 Connect the PORT1 and PORT2 of the high speed counter module with an Ethernet cable Etherne 3 Set the station number setting switch as follows e x10 TEST x1 0 A Power on the module or Unit test begins PW RUN MODE DLINK ERR i on T
245. lue RY28 RY40 CHO Update flag reset completed Periodic pulse count value RX28 RX40 1 T Cycle time 140 No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 Though the periodic pulse counter function can also be performed by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 the status of CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D does not change Description Counting the input pulses starts from 0 at the rising edge of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 For CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D turns on or off by turning on or off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Every preset cycle time the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is stored in CHO Periodic pulse count present value RWr14 to RWr15 RWr2C to RWr2D Every preset cycle time the difference of the count values between the previous one and the present one is stored in CHO Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B and CHO Periodic pulse count value update check RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E to RWr2F While the periodic pulse counter function is being performed set CHO Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag RWr20 b3 RWr38 b3 to Operating 1 CHO Update flag Periodic pulse count value RX29 RX41 turns on when CHO Perio
246. lue RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of the counter and stores it in the remote register when CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 or CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is input 1 Setting method of the latch counter function counter function selection 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 1 Latch Counter Function in CHO Counter function selection ree CH1 Counter function selection 1 Latch Counter Function H CH1 Function input logic setting CHI Latch counter input logie s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function i CH1 Z phase input response ti E 0 1 Latch Counter Function ae a lee 3 2 Sampling Counter Function CH1 Function Ji SEMIS OUEST 2 OFF gt H gt Periodic Pulse Counter Function me CH1 Latch counter input eee o 4 Count disable Presetireplace Function H HT Pulse measurement setti 0 Pulse y 5 Latch counterPresetreplace Function uOI D8 aS UOI OUNY 4Je UNOD uogouny Ja UNOD Yo e7 8 8 133 2 Operation example of the latch counter function counter function selection The following figure shows an operation example of acquiring the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 as CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B
247. lue Measured rotation speed value CH2 Update flag M d f RX45 peate nad AO ee RY45 Use prohibited value Measured rotation speed value RX46 Use prohibited RY46 Use prohibited RX47 Use prohibited RY47 Use prohibited sjeu iS O BJowsyY Jo j s I7_ G E 3 Remote input signal direction High speed counter Remote output signal direction Master local Module module Master local module module High speed counter module type Device T Device ROAN Description Description number number CH2 Pulse measurement start command RX48 Use prohibited RY48 Function input terminal RX49 CH2 Measured pulse value update flag reset RY49 CH2 Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal command Function input terminal CH2 M d pul date fl CH2 Pulse measurement start command RX4A easured pulse value update flag RY4A Function input terminal Latch counter input terminal Main RX4B CH2 Measured pulse value update flag reset RY4B CH2 Measured pulse value update flag reset module completed Latch counter input terminal command Latch counter input terminal CH2 Measured pulse value update fla RX4C P a 3 RY4C Use prohibited Latch counter input terminal RX4D CH2 ON width setting change completed RY4D CH2 ON width setting change request PWM output PWM output RX4E CH2 Error status RY4E CH2 Error reset command RX4F CH2 Warning status RY4F Use prohibited Extension RX50 to Remote input RX of the connected exten
248. m switch function Preset replace function Latch counter function Latch counter function by latch match The points for ON OFF switch can be used up to 16 points An extension output module is required for using this function This function replaces the count value with any preset numerical value This function can be used with either of the following e CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 e CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 of the connector for external devices This function acquires the count value and stores it in the remote register This function stores the count value in the remote register e This function uses CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 counter input terminal Latch counter function by LATCH2 of the connector for external devices This function stores the count value in the remote register This function can be used with either of the following e CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D counter function selection e CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 of the connector for external devices Description This function compares the present count value with the preset This function replaces the count value with any preset numerical CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS Reference Page 95 Section 8 2 1 Page 97 Section 8 2 2 Page 102 Section 8 3 Page 103 Section 8 3 2 Page 114 Section 8 3 3 Page 117 Section 8 3 4 Page 122 Secti
249. measurement function is selected e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the rotation speed value measured when the rotation speed measurement function is selected e When Initial data setting request flag RY9Q is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the value of the ON width or OFF width of pulses input to CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 measured when the pulse measurement function is selected e The following shows the range of values which can be stored O to 2147483647 increments of 0 1uUs e When Initial data setting request flag RY9Q is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the value of the ON width or OFF width of pulses input to CHU Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 measured when the pulse measurement function is selected e The following shows the range of values which can be stored O to 2147483647 increments of 0 1us e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared Default APPENDICES 5 Remote registers RWr20 RWr38 Address RWr Description Default CH1 e This area stores various statuses as follows b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 FS Count up 0 fixed count down status 0 Count up 1 Count down Underflow detection flag 0 Not detected
250. ment setting address 01014 Two or more points can be set e The following shows the setting range PWM output b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bO Q000 1D 35 l ee assignment setting Coinci Coinci Coinci C dence dence dence dence output 4joutput 3joutput 2ioutput 1 0 No Assignment O fixed 1 Assignment e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on e Set the ON width of the PWM waveform for the PWM output function e The following shows the setting range 0 and 10 to 10000000 increments of 0 1us Set a value that is equal to or smaller than the value in the cycle setting PWM output 1E 36 ON width setting ee e The reflection timing of the setting value 1F 37 PWM output 1 When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on 2 When CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned off then on e Set the cycle of the PWM waveform for the PWM output function e The following shows the setting range 20 38 Cycle setting PWM 50 to 10000000 increments of 0 1Us e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on 21 39 output 266 APPENDICES Appendix 3 Details of Remote Buffer Memory Addresses The following shows detail
251. ment setting Cam switch output 5 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 6 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 7 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 8 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 9 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 10 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 11 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 12 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 13 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 14 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 15 channel assignment setting Cam switch output 16 channel assignment setting CH1 Operation mode setting CH1 Count source selection CH1 Pulse input mode CH1 Counting speed setting CH1 Counter format CH1 Z phase Preset trigger setting 182 Setting value 5 10ms Initial value 1 HOLD 10 x 100ms Set a value according to the comparison output function to be used CH1 Initial value CH1 Initial value CH2 CH2 Coincidence Output Initial value Within range Output Coincidence Output Initial value Coincidence Output Initial value Present value not replaced Initial value Present value not replaced Initial value Stage 1 CH1 Initial value CH1 Initial value CH1 Initial value CH1 Initial value CH1 Initial value CH1 Initial value CH1 Initial value CH1 Initial value CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 CH2 Set a value according to t
252. meter parameter one of the following operations processing of processing of e If Initial data processing the slave the slave request flag RX8 is on turn station or Initial station or Initial off then on Initial data uae ee ae n 1 data processing data processing processing completion flag CHO Time unit iS Sel in CHO nme unit completion flag completion flag RY8 setting error oe ie RY8 ohne RY8 Crna If the parameters are written 05014 Moderate error amping counter RWw16 B e wile parara iar counter RWW2E i request flag Request flag processing of the slave Periodic pulse E PEET NESE RY9 is ee RY9 is nee station or Initial data setting counter wheresetinas at off then on 13 off then on 13 completion flag RX9 is on neoe If CHO Setting If CHO Setting turn off then on Initial data change request change request setting request flag RYQ Sampling Sampling e If Initial data processing counter Periodic counter Periodic request flag RX8 and Initial pulse counter pulse counter data setting completion flag RY27 RY3F is RY27 RY3F is RX9 are off turn off then on turned off then turned off then CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic ax pulse counter RY27 RY3F Set CHO Cycle setting m If the If the Sampling counter Periodic O parameters are parameters are Pulse counter RWw17 written with the written with the RWw2F to a value between 1 SJ parameter parameter and 65535
253. method of the output waveform Set the output waveform by using CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 and CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw339 The following table lists the setting items Setting item Setting range Remarks CHO ON width setting PWM output 4 tine ONG ai ud 0 1 4 e e ime oO e output pulse TUS per unli RWW1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 10 to 10000000 MR an salina a a iediaia da 50 to 10000000 Set the cycle of the output pulse 0 1 us per unit RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 aie ai ki 4 Set the value that is equal to or smaller than the one set to the cycle setting PWM output ON width setting PWM output gt LIL Cycle setting PWM output gt Point The ON width of the PWM output is calculated from the following formula according to the duty ratio to be specified ON width of the PWM output Cycle of the PWM output x Duty ratio 100 Given that output circuits or connected devices of the high speed counter module do not affect the value the margin of error maximum of each setting value is calculated as shown below e ON width setting PWM output us x 100 ppm 1000000 0 1 us e Cycle setting PWM output us x 100 ppm 1000000 0 1 us 163 uojouny Nd nO NMa YL 4 Operation example of the PWM output function The following figure shows an operation example of outputting the PWM waveform whose cy
254. mit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw 6 to RWw7 RWWA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF are changed the present value is not compared with the changed value unless Setting change request Coincidence output 1 to 4 RY14 to RY17 is turned off then on UONOUNJ nd no BoUapIOUIOD Z E g uoouny nd no uosuedwog g g 113 8 3 3 Preset replace at coincidence output function The preset replace at coincidence output function performs the preset replace function replaces the present value with a value preset by the user at the rising state off to on of Coincidence output 1 and 2 The preset replace by this function is performed to the channel assigned to Coincidence output 1 and 2 This function is not available for Coincidence output 3 and 4 1 Setting method of the preset replace at coincidence output function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set 0 Coincidence Output Function for Comparison output setting fp Comparison ouuttnefon FP H Comparison output setting H Coincidence output channel assignme Po ed ai S E ae 0 Coincidence Output Function Coincidence output 3 comparison condition setting 0 Coincide 0 Coincidence Output i Coincidence output 4 comparison condition setting ree e
255. module do not match the parameter cannot be read and written For the setting procedure of the master station refer to the following User s manual for the master local module used Write and read the parameter setting of this module with the CPU module in the STOP status Writing and reading are unavailable in the RUN status When points less than the ones of the high speed counter module and extension module are set for the remote I O signal and remote register no error occurs The cyclic transmission is performed for the data of the points set from the start When using the high speed counter module do not invalidate Block Data Assurance per Station on the CC IE Field Supplementary Setting window CC IE Field Supplementary Setting Ka Link Scan Mode Setting 4 Block Data Assurance per Station Asynchronous 1M Assure Block Data Do not uncheck the box Constant Scan ms 1 to 200 C Synchronous Loopback Function Setting Use Please build network configuration ring configuration that the end stations of Line Connection are connected to each other For the block data assurance per station refer to the following User s manual for the master local module used Do not set the parameter using the CCPASET instruction in the master station Correct operation of the high speed counter module cannot be guaranteed because the module operates with the block data assurance per station disabled when the CCPA
256. module power supplied externally reach to the voltage of the performance specifications Does any hardware error occur 3 When the MODE LED flashes Check item Is the high speed counter module in execution of the unit test 224 Action Check that module power supply voltage is within the range of performance specifications L gt Page 27 Section 3 2 After the check power off then on the module If the RUN LED does not turn on even after the module power supply is turned off then on a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Action When the high speed counter module is in execution of the unit test the D LINK LED turns on after the unit test is completed Take corrective action according to the result of the unit test lt _ gt Page 227 Section 11 4 4 When the D LINK LED turns off Check item Does the own station in network operate normally Are 1000BASE T compliant Ethernet cables used Is the station to station distance 100m or less Does the cabling condition bend radius meet the specifications Is any Ethernet cable disconnected Do other stations connected to the high speed counter module normally operate Does the switching hub normally operate Is the station number of the high speed counter module duplicated with any of other stations 5 When the D LINK LED flashes Check item Does the station number setting of the high speed cou
257. n Setting change request Coincidence output RY14 to RY17 Set Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 address 15014 to a value between 0 and 16 and turn off then on CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E Set Cam switch function number of steps Output 9 address 19014 to a value SI BPOD JOUA Clb between 0 and 16 and turn off then on CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E Set Cam switch function number of steps Output 10 address 19814 to a value between 0 and 16 and turn off then on CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E Set Cam switch function number of steps Output 16 address 1C81 to a value between 0 and 16 and turn off then on CHO Cam switch execute command RY26 RY3E 213 Operation of when an error Error code eT Description and occurs r Classification Action hexadecimal E CH The other rror CHs A value other than 0 and 1 is set in Cam switch Set Cam switch function step Cam switch type Output 1 address i tuneHon step YP OUIpUL 1500 to 0 or 1 and turn off 0391 Moderateewor OCHO SEP 45 adress 15000 i aaa type setting eis then on CHO Cam switch error Output 1 z nogal Me cnanng execute command RY26 where settings are RY3E incorrect j i Set Cam switch function step Cam switch i aie Pre type Output 9 address i a a Direc A 19004 to 0 or 1 and turn off 03994 Moderate error a i 9 address
258. n condition setting address 0102 to a value between 00b and 10b and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 Error code hexadecimal 03104 03514 03594 03604 D3664 Classification Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Upper limit value setting error Coincidence output Cam switch function number of steps setting error Output 1 Cam switch function number of steps setting error Output 9 Cam switch function number of steps setting error Output 10 Cam switch function number of steps setting error Output 16 Description and cause The value in Upper limit value setting Coincidence output is smaller than the value in Lower limit value setting Coincidence output O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect indicates the number of Coincidence output on which this error occurred A value other than 0 to 16 is set in Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 address 1501p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect is set in Cam switch function number of steps Output 9 address 1901p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 0 to 16 is set in Cam switch function number of steps Output 10 address 1981p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect is set in Cam switch function numb
259. n Type a A alm Bs NZ2EX 1 16 points GOT1000 Series Host Station STAHO Master Total STAH 1 Line Star NZ2GFCF D NZ2ExX 16 62PD2 DO a i Output 4 Close the CC IE Field Configuration window XX CC IE Field Configuration gt Close with Reflecting the Setting 5 Display the refresh parameter setting window and configure the setting as follows Oo bis 9 dwexy weibold 6 Assignment Method i Points Start i Start End Link Side nus Side ee Transfer SB Transfer SW Transfert Rx f 00 fe 1000 Mransfer2 RY f 00 Vo a 1000 so t p LE a C E a D E T me E OOO SSS Default Check End Cancel 6 Write the set parameter to the CPU module of the master station and reset the CPU module or turn off then on the power supply XX Online gt Write to PLC lt RESET O D or Power OFF ON 191 Display the Parameter Processing of Slave Station window and change Method selection to Parameter write to set the following Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET gt button z gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations 2 gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station Parameter Processing of Slave Station Target Module Information NZ2GFCF D62PD2 NZ2EX 16 D0 Start I O No 0000 Station No 1 Method selection Parameter write X The parameters are written to the target module
260. n cannot be written to the slave station uoneinbBiJuoo yomu y HulbueuD pZ 8 1 2 2 Changing the parameter without changing the network configuration To change only the created module parameter of the slave station without changing the network configuration set the parameter in the following procedure 1 Display the CC IE Field Configuration window e When the master local module is the QJ71GF11 T2 TD Project window gt Parameter gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE MELSECNET gt CC IE Field Configuration Setting button e When the master local module is the LJ71GF11 T2 W Project window lt gt Parameter gt Network Parameter gt Ethernet CC IE Field gt CC IE Field Configuration Setting button 2 Select the high speed counter module in List of stations on the CC IE Field Configuration window Wl CC JE Field Configuration Module 1 Start 1 0 No 0000 i CCIE Field Configuration Edit view Mode Setting Online Normal Mode Assignment Method Start End x Link Scan Time Approx 0 70 ms No Model Neme Tag Station Type RxIRY Setting RWwiRWr Setting Refresh Devic A Points Start End Points Start End RX E O Host Station 0 Master Station Yy Ena Sa ARAIA 7 NZ2GFCF D62PD2 1 Remote Device Station 80 ooo oo4F 64 oooo oosF 1000 80 point List of stations amp a 3 Open the Parameter Processing of Slave
261. nction calculates the frequency from the following formula e Frequency Hz Count value per unit of time Unit of time 4 Select a unit of time from 0 01s 0 1s or 1s Therefore when the count value per unit of time is 0 the frequency is O HZ At subtraction count the value of the frequency is negative 3 Setting of the unit of time for frequency measurement Set a unit of time by setting a value to CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 Setting item Setting range Reference CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWws30 148 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point Whichever mode 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 4 2 Phase Multiple of 2 or 5 2 Phase Multiple of 4 is set in CHO Pulse input mode _ Page 92 Section 8 1 1 the frequency Hz is calculated based on the count value per unit of time When 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 is set in CHO Pulse input mode _ gt Page 92 Section 8 1 1 and the input frequency in phase A is 10kHz 10000 per second the measured frequency value becomes 20kHZz since the pulse count is regarded as 20000 based on the calculation below Pulse count 10000 pulse x 2 20000 pulse s Measurable frequency minimum The frequency is calculated from the count value per unit of time However the frequency smaller than the one in the following table cannot be measured correctly as the count value is in an integer number Unit of time
262. nd Data link unperform I Connected St I T Mastero Remote 1 I I P1 i I l I l I i I I l m m e e e e e e e e e e eee eee i i i i i ol s T_T y Operation Test l 7A Selected Station Communication Status Monitor NS Communication Test Check the transient communication route from the connected A station to the destination station I Station No 1 No Error J Mode Online IP Communication Tosk Check the communication route whether you can reach I I _ communication target station from the specified station me d l Cable Testi Check the cable status between the connected station and I the destination station I I Link Start Stop Start or stop the network data link l l Information Confirmation Set l I Network Event History Access the network the event history log l l 4 Reserved Station view reserved station numbers and temporarily enable l Function Enable reserved stations I I Enable Disable View station numbers set to ignore errors and temporarily I Ignore Station Errors ignore station errors I I Selected Station Operation E I I CPU status of the selected station can be checked by starting g system monitor of the selected station y Remote Operation Reset the selected station m e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e lO Close uonouny osoubeq YOMJON PIa Al AUT 00 LZ 8 175 Display of network The status of the CC Link IE Field Network can be checked configuration
263. nd RY23 RY3B RX23 RX3B off Note that the ON OFF time of CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B must be AT or longer gt Page 249 Appendix 1 2 4 For AT refer to the following L gt Page 283 Appendix 4 5 When the counter function selection cannot be performed a When turning on CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D does not perform the counter function selection Check item Action Does the selected function apply to CHO Selected counter Check referring to the following function start command RY25 RY3D Page 129 Section 8 6 If the selected function is one that starts to work at the rising edge OFF to ON of CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D used as an interlock Is CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 off Turn off CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Turn on or off CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D using CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D as an interlock b When the input from CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 does not perform the counter function selection Check item Action Is the external wiring to CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 _ Check the external wiring and correct errors FUNC2 correct Is CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D Turn off CHO Selected counter function start command RY
264. nd Controlled by the program 0000 Stored condition of an error history An error history is stored _ An error history is not stored Error history clear command Not commanded 0 address 10004 Error history clear completed Not performed 0 address 10014 e Errors or warnings which have occurred are not reset even when Error history clear command address 10004 is set to Commanded 1 Use CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E to reset them 16 Station based control data address 1001 e When clearing the error history stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is completed Error history clear completed address 1001 changes to Clear is completed 1 e When Error history clear command address 1000 is set to Not commanded 0 Error history clear completed address 10014 changes to Clear is not performed 0 0000 e The following shows the range of values which can be stored 10014 Error history clear completed b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 b1 a lololelolo olole ole e ole o ecean performed A 1 Clear is 0 fixed completed 2 1 sessaippy How y yng 3Jow y jo sjez q X pu ddy 17 Station based control data address 10024 e The parameter information and the extended parameter information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory are initialized by this command e The following shows the setting
265. ne Star NZ2GFCF D NZ2EX 16 62PD2 DO ai Refresh devices that are assigned to multiple device ranges will appear in light blue Please refer to the following supplementary information for the device range contents Supplementary Information 6 Close the CC IE Field Configuration window XW CC IE Field Configuration lt gt Close with Reflecting the Setting 86 CHAPTER 7 VARIOUS SETTINGS 7 Click the button to display the refresh parameter setting window Online Normal Mode CE TE Field Configuration Setting Refresh Parameters Interrupt Settings Specify Station Mo by Parameter 8 Set the refresh parameter Change the value as necessary Network Operation Settings i Assignment Method Points Start Start End Link Side 00113F 9 Write the set parameter to the CPU module of the master station and reset the CPU module lt RESET O D 10 Change the status of the CPU module of the master station to RUN TUT 11 The network configuration setting is now completed Set the module parameter of the slave station referring to procedure 4 or later in the following section e Parameter Setting gt Page 80 Section 7 1 Joyauesedg ou BuibueyD ZZ Point For the network configuration match the settings in GX Works2 and the CPU module before setting the module parameter of the slave station When they are not matched the module parameter of the slave statio
266. nen RX31 RX49 turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 Puise e Turn on this signal to start measuring pulses using CHO Latch counter input RY32 CH1 terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 TE measurement a o0 e When this signal is turned on the measurement of pulses using CHO Latch 2r start command aa lcataveounies counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 starts When the measurement starts x X RY4A CH2 aputtenninal Operating 1 is set in CHO Pulse measurement flag Latch counter input P 7 terminal RWr20 b7 RWr38 b7 og AEE E T e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter A RY33 CH1 salen is input terminal RX34 RX4C zy fla san e When this signal is turned on CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch g 3 command counter input terminal RX34 RX4C turns off After resetting is completed CHO J Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal O RY4B CH2 Latch counter So RX33 RX4B turns on co input terminal re For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 2 D gt e Turn on this signal to activate the changes of CHO ON width setting PWM output 2 RY35 CH1 RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 during PWM output ON width setting e When this signal is turned on CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to change request RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 is reflected to the high speed counter module After PWM out
267. nfiguration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 For CHO Counter function selection select a counter function to be used uono j S uoun Ja UNOD 9 8 eee CHT Counter function selection H CHT Function input logic setting CHI Latch counter input logie s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function ie CH1 Z phase input response ti 2 OFF gt 0 1 Latch Counter Function T ae 3 2 Sampling Counter Function CH1 Function JIA SE EAST OUEST Uh 2 HPP ee Ee a gt Periadie Pulse Counter Function ee eee E E O Count disable Presetreplace Function eee E Puea mesatiianmieni seui 0 Pulse T j 5 Latch countenPresetreplace Function 129 130 Point In the counter function selection a delay occurs before the start of the selected function due to any of the following factors e Input response time of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 e Scan time of the program for CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D e Link scan time of the network for CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D e Internal control cycle in the high speed counter module AT gt 0 5ms for CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D The count errors by these delays are as follows e Count error maximum which occurs when a function is performed by CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Function input response time setting max ms 1000 s x Pulse input speed pps e C
268. ng with the internal control cycle a maximum of delay time shown below occurs until the acquired value is stored e Ala Setting time of CHO Function input response time setting address 01294 b2 to b3 01494 b2 to b3 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 147 uolnoun aoejdesjeseid a UNOD Yo e7 ZL 8 8 13 Frequency Measurement Function The frequency measurement function counts the pulses of the pulse input terminals in phase A and B and automatically calculates the frequency High speed counter module nae Tu Frequency CHO Measured frequency value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 1 Setting method of the frequency measurement function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Operation mode setting to 1 Frequency Measurement Mode ree CH1 Operation mode setting 1 Frequency Measurement Mode H CH1 Count source selection 0 A Phases pee CH1 Pulse input mode O1 Phase 8 0 Normal Mode Bee CH1 Counting speed setting 0 10kpps A Le Frequency Measurement Mode im CH1 Counter format Lineare 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode H CH1 Z phase Preset trigger s tz _ 4 PYM Output Mode 2 Calculation of the frequency The frequency measurement fu
269. nged set the same value as Read Value for Write Value Name Initial Value Read Value Wyrite value Setting Range Unit Description Station based parameter __Inputresponsetime setting 6 10ms 5 10ms z2ms Set the inputrespo OutputHOLD CLEAR setting 0 CLEAR 0 CLEAR 0 CLEAR Betwnhetherto hole i Cyclic data update watch ti O 100to20 x100ms Setthe cyclic data Module based parameter imain module E gt 8 Click the Execute button to write the parameter to the high speed counter module The parameter change is completed Jayauesedg oyu BuibueyD ZZ uonesnByuod yomu y Buibueyd znoyym Jazowesed y BulbueuD zZz 89 7 3 Operation Mode List This section lists the comparison output setting and counter function selection that can be combined with each operation mode O Can be set Cannot be set Comparison Counter Setting output setting Operation mode function value Function name 4 setting selection Coinci This mode operates according to the combination of each function and setting Linear counter function Ring counter function Comparison output function Coincidence output function Preset replace at coincidence output function Normal mode Cam switch function Preset replace function using RY command or Latch counter function by latch counter input terminal Latch counter
270. nging the counting range by the preset replace function to prevent a miscount uoljouny Ja UNOD Duly Z Z g UONDBJ S JEWIO 4 J9 JUNOD Zg 101 8 3 Comparison Output Function The comparison output function outputs ON OFF signals comparing the count value with any point or range set by the user The coincidence output function or the cam switch function can be selected depending on the processing method Set the comparison output function in the parameter setting window or Comparison output setting address 0100p 8 3 1 Operation overview of the coincidence output function and the cam switch function The following table shows the operation overview of the coincidence output function and the cam switch function Item Coincidence output function Cam switch function CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 RWr29 Number of output points per a P 0 to 4 points O to 16 points channel When Initial data processing request flag RX8 is l l ware be _ When CHO Cam switch execute RX26 RX3E is Comparison start timing off and Initial data setting completion flag RX9 is turned off then on off e Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw 6 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD e Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw2 to RWw3 RWw 6 to RWw 7 RWwA to RWwB RWwE to RWwF Comp
271. nment setting 0 CH1 Py 22m Switch Function 3 Set 1 Stage 1 for Cam switch output unit assignment setting 0 CH1 0 No Assignment 0 CH1 Stage 1 H Cam switch output 3 channel assignment setting H Cam switch output 4 channel assignment setting 5 Set Cam switch function parameter data address 1500 to 1FFF in a program For details refer to the following K gt Page 119 Section 8 3 4 2 Point The cam switch function and the number of ON times integration function cannot be used together 118 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 Output range setting With the cam switch function the maximum of 16 steps of ON OFF switching can be set per output point The part where the ON OFF signal status is switched is referred to as a step ON Cam switch Output 1 OFF Step type O Starts with output status being OFF Number of steps 8 Output 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 to 8 indicate the step number Setting item Setting details Set the ON OFF status of the output of the extension output module YO to She nC a om earn te YF at the time when the pulse counting starts Set the number of steps for the cam of Output 1 to 16 Setting range is O to 16 Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 to 16 In the case where the number of steps is 0 output is always off when set to be started from off in the step type setting and on when set to be started from on in the setting Cam switch fun
272. nput pulse is measured 4 Measurable range of the pulses The measurable range of the pulses is between 2000 and 2147483647 0 2ms to approx 214s When the input pulses are beyond the measurable range the error code 6604 or A6624 is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A and Error status flag RXA and the ERR LED turns on To resume the measurement input the pulses once again or perform the operation as shown below Measurement to be resumed Operation Remarks Measurement with the function input 4 The pulse measurement is not resumed until the F Turn off then on the F start command terminal measurement flag or the L measurement flag changes Measurement with the latch counter T to Not operating OFF after the F start command or L Turn off then on the L start command 4 input terminal start command is turned off 4 The abbreviations mean as the follows e F start command CHO Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 e L start command CHO Pulse measurement start command Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A e F measurement flag CHO Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 e L measurement flag CHO Pulse measurement flag Latch counter input terminal RWr20 b7 RWr38 b7 UOlJOUNY JUSWIINSeS SSINd GLQ 5 Update timing of the measured values of pulses The measured pulse value is updated in the remote register every AT cycle So when the measu
273. nput terminal RX2A RX42 e This signal turns on when CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated RX2B CH1 L gt Page 127 Section 8 5 e CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 Latch count is updated without resetting this flag vae update e This signal turns off when CHO Latch count value update flag reset command Latch ag aten counter input terminal RY2A RY42 is turned on counter input 4 De terminal e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Latch count value Latch Das te counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 o oO O e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Update flag Measured frequency value RX2D RX45 by CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value RY2C RY44 is S S RX2C CH1 completed F 2 e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured frequency value u RY2C RY44 is turned off S D 9 Update flag opm reset completed 77777 gt Controlled by the high speed counter module g T Measured Controlled by the program a si frequency CHO Update flag reset command 3 O value Measured frequency value cM RY2C RY44 aS
274. ns off when CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned off The following processing is performed when CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off to turn off CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E e Turn off the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 immediately 165 uonouny indinOo NMa 91 s 166 Point The waveform that is output from the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU 1 to EQU4 the external output terminals can be affected by output circuits or connected devices of the high speed counter module and change its form Therefore check the waveform by using for example a synchroscope and set the output waveform When changing the cycle time of the PWM waveform turn off CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E to turn off CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E After checking that CHO PWM output RX26 RX3E is off change the setting of CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw339 and turn on CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E again When the ON time is changed during PWM output the change is reflected immediately therefore the ON time before the change may be interrupted at the cycle in which the ON time is changed When the ON time after the change is shorter than the ON time before the change unnecessary OFF waveform may be output depending on the changing timing Waveform before Change of the ON width of PWM output l l the change i
275. nter module match the station number of the high speed counter module set in the network configuration settings of the master station or in the CC IE Field configuration Is the station type remote device station Is the high speed counter module a reserved station Is stop of the data link checked through CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics Is the station number setting switch set to other than 1 to 120 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING Action Connect GX Works2 to the master station and check that the own station is performing data link by CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics LL User s manual for the master local module used Replace the cable with a 1000BASE T compliant Ethernet cable LUI User s manual for the master local module used Change the station to station distance to 100m or less Refer to the manual for the Ethernet cable used and correct the bend radius Replace the Ethernet cable Check that the power supplies of the other stations are turned on e Check that a 1OOOBASE T compliant switching hub is used LU User s manual for the master local module used e Check that the power supply of the switching hub is turned on Two or more duplicated stations exist Change the setting so that all the station numbers differ Action Match the station number of the high speed counter module with the station number set in the network configuration settings of the master station or in the CC IE Field configura
276. nter function counts pulses that are input during the specified sampling period T and stores it as CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B in the remote register 1 Setting method of the sampling counter function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XXO CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations 2 gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 2 Sampling Counter Function in CHO Counter function selection H CH1 Counter function selection 0 Count Di 2 Sampling Counter Function H CH1 Function input logic setting i CH1 Latch counter input logit s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function CHI Z phase input response ti 2 OFF 0 9 1 Latch Counter Function 2 Sampling Counter Function H CH1 Function input response ti 2 OFF gt Oo as TT 3 Periodic Pulse Counter Function ae CH1 Latch counter inputrespo 2 0FF 0 n disable Presetireplace Function CH1 Pulse measurement setti 0 Pulse 5 Latch counterPresetreplace Function 2 Setting of the sampling period Set the sampling period T by setting values to CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F and CHO Time unit setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw16 RWw2E When CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then
277. nter preset replace function 1 SetParameter write for Method selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Select 5 Latch counter Preset replace Function in CHO Counter function selection ree CH1 Counter function selection 5 Latch counterPresetreplace Function H CH1 Function input logie setting CHI Latch counter input logie s 0 Positive 0 Count Disable Function ie CH1 Z phase input response ti E 1 Latch Counter Function ar ae E 2 Sampling Counter Function CH1 Function Li ESTAS esate 2 HPI A 4 Paviodie Pulse Counter Fundian ee CH1 Latch counter input respo OFF gt O con disable Presetireplace Function 2 RUSS Mea SWE Set 1 Pulas ke 5 Latch countenPresetreplace Function uoouny soe dei jeseid je UNOD Yyo e ZS 145 2 Operation example of the latch counter preset replace function The following figure shows an operation example of storing the preset value 0 or 100 in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 after storing the value which are stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 in CHO Latch count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B at the rising edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program 1 ON
278. o digits of the year The date and time of error occurrence upper 8 bits month lower 8 bits day The date and time of error occurrence upper 8 bits hour lower 8 bits minute The date and time of error occurrence upper 8 bits second lower 8 bits no use Detail information of the error that has occurred 0000 O fixed 4 For the details on Error code details 1 refer to the following L Page 222 Section 11 2 1 a e The clock information of the error that occurred is based on the clock information acquired from the CPU module of the master station When an error has occurred before the clock information is acquired from the CPU module the error time is not recorded OAEO to Error history 15 OAEFY e Same as Error history 1 2 6 APPENDICES 15 Station based control data address 10004 e The error history stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is cleared by this command e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 PLT T LELEL SSS SSS commanded 0 fixed 1 Commanded e When Error history clear command address 10004 is set to Commanded 1 the error history stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory is cleared and Error history clear completed address 10014 changes to Clear is completed 1 Error history clear Controlled by the high speed counter module 1000 comma
279. oderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error CHO Moving average count setting error Frequency measurement CHO Time unit setting error Frequency measurement CHO Moving average count setting error Rotation speed measurement CHO Time unit setting error Rotation speed measurement CHO Number of pulses per rotation setting error CHO Pulse measurement range overflow error Function input terminal CHO Pulse measurement setting error Function input terminal Operation of when an error occurs The other CHs Description and cause Error CH A value other than 1 to 100 is set in CHO Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 RWw31 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 0 to 2 is set in CHO Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 RWw30 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect wo x x wo A value other than 1 to 100 is set in CHO Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 RWw31 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect w A value other than 0 to 2 is set in CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 1 to 8000000 is set in CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33
280. of each pulse input condition they are also applied to the case measured at under the maximum counting speed 1 Input waveform in 1 phase input Input pulse waveform in 1 phase input must satisfy the condition shown below the duty ratio is 50 t tH tL 2 0 5us tH tt gt 0 25us 0 5 x t Differential voltage H level L level CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 2 Phase difference in 2 phase input Input pulse waveform in 2 phase input must satisfy the above condition the condition required for 1 phase input and the conditions shown below t1 t2 t3 t4 gt 0 125us 0 25 x t Differential i voltage H level L level Count Differential voltage H level L level Differential voltage H level L level Subtraction count Differential voltage i H level L level SUON LOIJIOBdS svuewoj d ZE asind g seyd pue asjnd y seyd usemjeg sousJajIND seyd y pue woz rem INdul su ZE 31 3 3 Calculating Current Consumption 32 The total current consumption of the modules is calculated by summing the module power supply current in the main module and extension module The power supply current in the extension module must be within 30mA For the value of the module power supply current refer to the specifications of each module e Performance specifications of the high speed counter module gt Page 27 Section 3 2 e Performance specifications of extension I O module CC
281. of the module to a station number that is not reserved Station No e Set a unique station number The network parameter is already in use e After taking the above action turn off then on or reset all the incorrect or outside the range own station stations where this error has been detected Own station ee N t of The network parameter is Add the station information of the module in the network o out o incorrect or outside the range configuration settings of the master station range Transient data d The transient data request Correct the request command at the request source and retry the comman command is incorrect operation error a e Check the network status using the CC Link IE Field Network i The target station is Receive buffer diagnostics of GX Works2 overloaded and cannot o full e When the target station is overloaded and cannot receive transient receive transient data i data send the data to the target station after a while Transient data The received transient data is Correct the number of data frame length at the request source and length error incorrect retry the operation Station number switch A station number out of range ee out of range a Set the station number within the allowable range has been set value other than 1 to 120 Transient data The divided transient data Set the transient data size within the range that can be handled by divided err
282. off Data link not performed disconnected Set whether to hold or clear the output value using the output HOLD CLEAR setting function For the output HOLD CLEAR setting function refer to the following e Output HOLD CLEAR Setting Function gt Page 167 Section 8 17 When the cyclic data update interval Monitoring starts when cyclic data exceeds the set time the output falls are received for the first time into the HOLD CLEAR status Master station Remote device station Cyclic data Cyclic data update watch time setting i The cyclic data are updated within the data link update time 1 Setting method 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XO CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 For Cyclic data update watch time setting set the monitoring time Cyclic data update watch time setting ti Item Setting range l l i 0 Not monitor Cyclic data update watch time setting Point Set the greater value for the cyclic data update watch time setting than that of the link scan time e 1 to 20 0 1 to 2 seconds in increments of 100ms 168 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 19 Error Notification Function When an error or warning occurs the high speed counter module notifies the master station of it using remote inpu
283. off are recognized as they are turned on right after this signal turns off e When Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off and at the rising state of either of Coincidence output 1 or Coincidence output 2 for which the preset replace at coincidence output function is enabled from the comparison result at when this signal turns off the count value is replaced with the preset value However this operation is performed only when Comparison output setting address 0100p is set to Coincidence Output Function 0 and CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p is set to Normal Mode 0 e If an error occurs such as when a value out of the setting range of the remote register RWw or the remote buffer memory is detected this signal does not turn off even if Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off This signal remains on In this case remove the error cause and turn on then off Initial data setting request flag RYQ In addition the OFF time must be longer than ATs 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 238 Remote input i Signal name RX No RXA Error status flag RXB Remote READY RX10 Coincidence output 1 RX11 Coincidence output 2 RX12 Coincidence output 3 RX13 Coincidence output 4 Description e This signal turns on when CHO Error status RX36 RX4E turns on e This signal turns off when CHO Error status RX36 RX4E turns off ae gt Controlled by the high speed count
284. om any coincidence output 1 Page 160 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 Section 8 16 measurem Page 169 Error notification function Section 8 19 Page 167 Output HOLD CLEAR setting function Section 8 17 i Page 168 Cyclic data update watch function Section 8 18 Function at the extension I O module installation ae Common Input function extension input module Po f s Output function extension output module La eo gt Input response time setting function extension Page 172 O input module Section 8 20 o External power supply monitoring function D extension output module Number of ON times integration function extension output module 4 The value set in CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p 2 The value set in Comparison output setting address 01004 3 The value set in CHO Counter function selection address 01264 0146p 91 CHAPTER 8 Functions This chapter describes the high speed counter module functions 8 1 8 1 1 Types of pulse input modes Pulse Input Modes and Counting Methods There are six pulse input modes 1 phase pulse input 1 multiple 2 multiples CW CCW pulse input and 2 phase pulse input 1 multiple 2 multiples 4 multiples 1 Pulse input modes and count timing Pulse input mode For counting up 1 phase multiple of 1 For counting down For counting up 1 phase multiple of 2 For counting down For counting up CW
285. ommand RY24 RY3C is off Counting remains stopped even if CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on since CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on The value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the falling edge of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and the counting resumes 143 uoloun 4 aoejdes jeseid ajqesiq jUNOD 1 9 Point The count value cannot be replaced with the preset value while CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on Replace the value after CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B turns off by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Have a AT or longer interval after changing CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D until the value is replaced since there are maximum of AT delay until change in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is reflected For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 144 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 12 Latch Counter preset replace Function The latch counter preset replace function executes the latch counter function and the preset replace function according to the status change of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 without switching the functions by the counter function selection 1 Setting method of the latch cou
286. ommand RY24 RY3C is turned on when CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is 0 CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B is 2000 and CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is 3000 the counting range and the CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 change as follows CHO Ring counter lower limit value CHU Ring counter upper limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 0 2000 CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 3000 2147483648 2147483647 QE NBs CHU Ring counter CHU Ring counter CHU Present value upper limit value limit val RWr10 to RWr11 RWw12 to RWw13 hice RWw2A to RWw2B wa Wida RWr28 to RWr29 RWw28 to RWw29 ae 3000 3001 to 2147483647 2147483648 to 2 2001 2002 to 2998 2999 In al r i o The value of CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 2000 is not stored in CHOI Present value l RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHU Ring counter CHO Present value upper limit value ies aera RWr10 to RWr11 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw10 to RWw11 RWr28 to RWr29 RWw2A to RWw2B RWw28 to RWw29 2000 lt 2147483647 3000 2999 to 2001 2 to 2147483648 2147483646 3002 3001 In counting down The value of CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 2000 is not stored in CHOI Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr
287. ompleted 00004 R 4098 10024 Parameter area initialization command 00004 R W Station based 4099 10034 Parameter area initialization completed 00004 R control data Module based control data 4352 to 4607 1100 to 11FFy System area main module Module based control data extension module 1 48 4100 10044 Module operation information initialization command 00004 R W 4101 10054 Module operation information initialization 0000 R completed Orea O TOK The remote buffer memory of the connected 4608 to 4863 1200 to 12FF Y extension module is assigned Eeoae _ ON a 4 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable a Module control data area of the extension module The remote buffer memory differs depending on the model of the extension module e Extension input module NZ2EX2B1 16D Address Description 9 Write 1200p to 12FFy Systemarea oao o 4 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable Decimal 4608 to 4863 e Extension output module NZ2EX2B1 16T Address Read Description Decimal Write 2 4608 1200 Number of ON times integration value clear YO to YF 0000 R W wens 12014 Number of ON
288. on 8 4 ys uoyouny v e Page 127 Section 8 5 Page 133 Section 8 8 33 Operation Function name Description mode This function executes the counter function selection using both the program and CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 of the connector for external devices or using either of them This function stops counting pulses while CHO Count enable Count disable function command RY24 RY3C is on This function acquires the count value and stores it in the remote Latch counter function register This function counts pulses that are input during the preset Sampling counter function sampling period Normal ae This function stores the present value and difference value to the d Periodic pulse counter function l l l mode corresponding remote registers by the preset cycle time According to the status change of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 of the connector for external devices this function executes the count disable function and preset replace Counter function selection Count disable preset replace function function without switching the functions According to the status change of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 of the connector for external devices this function executes the latch counter function and preset replace Latch counter preset replace function function without switching the functions Frequency This function counts the pulses of the pulse input terminals in
289. on station Station No 1 No Error Mode Online IP Communication Test Check the communication route whether you can reach 2 IE Communication Test communication target station from the specified station eee EF 5 Cable Test Check the cable status between the connected station and the destination station Link Start Stop Start or stop the network data link Information Confirmation Set Network Event History Access the network the event history log Reserved Station view reserved station numbers and temporarily enable Function Enable reserved stations Enable Disable view station numbers set to ignore errors and temporarily Ignore Station Errors ignore station errors Selected Station Operation J maes CPU status of the selected station can be checked by starting ae system monitor of the selected station Remote Operation Reset the selected station 3 Click the MELSOFT Application Reset requested W IF any changes Found For module the Following are the possible causes The module status is invalid to accept the request Error might occur uonouny osoubeq MON PIa Al AUIT OO 12 s 177 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING This chapter describes the basic programs of the high speed counter module 9 1 Precautions for Programming This section describes precautions to create CC Link IE Field Network programs 1 Cyclic transmission program For a cyclic transmission program interlock with
290. on the port into which the Ethernet cable is connected is on The LINK LED may take a few seconds to turn on after power on If the LINK LED does not turn on refer to the troubleshooting section and take a corrective action gt Page 224 Section 11 3 jqe9 JewaUjy jo BuIA g 9 65 Point PORT1 and PORT2 need not to be distinguished When only one connector is used in star topology either PORT1 or PORT2 can be connected Either one can be used When two connectors are used in line topology or ring topology an Ethernet cable can be connected to the connectors in any combination For example the cable can be connected between PORT 1s and between PORT1 and PORT2 Connection between Connection between PORT1s or PORT2s PORT1 and PORT2 b Disconnecting 1 Power off the high speed counter module 2 Press the latch down and unplug the Ethernet cable 66 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 2 Precautions a Laying Ethernet cables e Place the Ethernet cable in a duct or clamp them If not dangling cable may swing or inadvertently be pulled resulting in damage to the module or cables or malfunction due to poor contact e Do not touch the core of the connector of the cable or the module and protect it from dirt and dust If any oil from your hand or any dirt or dust sticks to the core it can increase transmission loss causing data link to fail e Check the following e The Ethernet cabl
291. or cause with GX Works2 11 5 1 When the setting on the operation mode setting is the normal mode 1 When the module does not count or perform normal count a When the module does not count Check item Is CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C on Is CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 off Is the pulse input method the same as what has been selected in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 01424 Does the CPU module indicate any error Is the external wiring to A and 6B correct Do the LEDs of oA and 6B turn on by applying a voltage to the pulse input terminals in oA and oB using devices such as a voltage stabilizer Action Turn on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C in a program If the count disable function is selected for the counter function selection setting pulses are not counted while CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on Turn off CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Change the pulse input method or the setting in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142 so that they match If an error is indicated with the CPU module refer to troubleshooting on the user s manual for the CPU module used Check the external wiring and correct errors If the LEDs of oA and 6B turn on check the external wiring and wiring on the encoder side If the LEDs of oA and B do not turn on a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative b When the module
292. or have been received the module Then send the transient data that is not divided ISI OPO JOU Z L1 Point When multiple errors occur only the latest error code is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A or CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B Old errors can be checked with the error history of GX Works2 For the error history refer to the following e Checking by executing a command of the slave station lt gt Page 205 Section 11 1 1 e Error history 1 to 15 address OA00 to OAFF gt Page 276 Appendix 3 14 223 11 3 Checking the LEDs This section describes how to troubleshoot the system by the LEDs Point For troubleshooting with the LEDs of the extension I O module refer to the following CC Link IE Field Network Remote I O Module User s Manual 1 When the PW LED does not turn on Check item Is any LED other than the PW LED turned on Is the module power supply 24VDC wired Is the module power supply 24VDC turned on Is the voltage of the module power supply 24VDC within the specified range Action When any LED other than the PW LED turns on a hardware failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Wire the module power supply 24VDC Turn on the module power supply 24VDC Set the voltage value within the range of performance specifications 2 When the RUN LED does not turn on Check item Does the voltage of the
293. ory clear request 206 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 Checking by CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A Check the latest error code with the remote register of the master local module W Online gt gt Monitor gt Device Buffer Memory Batch Ex When the refresh target device for CH1 Latest error code RWr22 is W1122 Device Device Name Tic Set Yalue Reference Program i Display Format Modify Value 2 w i 22 32 64 se 10 Details Open 3 Checking by CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B Check the latest warning code with the remote register of the master local module W Online gt Monitor gt Device Buffer Memory Batch Ex When the refresh target device for CH1 Latest warning code RWr23 is W1123 Device Device Name TiC Set Value Reference Program Buffer Memory Module Start HEX addres Display Format Modify Value 2 w i 32 87 64 Ast 10 e Details Oper AmE s po Huluse M By pue S8PO4D 10113 y 104 Bulyoouy L LL 207 11 2 Error Code List This section describes error codes Error codes are classified by error number as follows Error code Classification 0000 to 3FFFy D5294 D52By High speed counte D0004 to DFFF r module error CC Link IE Field Network error D5294 and D52B excluded 1 Error code list 0000 to 3FFF D5294 D52B 4 The erro
294. ou yd Yoey JO Buljooussjgnos Ss pow Nd no WMd 94 S Buas pow UOI eJedO y UO Buas y UBUAA S S LL APPENDICES Appendix 1 Details of Remote I O Signals Appendix 1 1 Details of remote input signals The following shows details of remote input signals Remote input i ae Signal name Description RX No e This signal turns on when CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F turns on e This signal turns off when CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F turns off Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON CH1 Error reset command RY36 OFF ON H Remote READY a RXB i 4 i RX7 Warning status flag CH1 Latest warning code t Ra 0 10501 i 0 ON ON CH1 Warning status an RX37 OFF i CH2 Warning status ON i RX4F OFF ON Warning status flag a a RX7 OFF A This signal cannot be reset arbitrarily by output signals such as CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E depending on warning codes error codes of minor errors For details refer to Page 208 Section 11 2 1 236 APPENDICES Remote input RX N Signal name Description O e After the module is powered on or the remote reset is performed this signal turns on to let the high speed counter module request the initial setting e When this signal is on set initial data to the remote register RWw and turn on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 e To change the setting in the parameter area of the remo
295. ount error maximum which occurs when a function is performed by CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D When the master module is the QJ71GF11 T2 with Block Data Assurance per Station set and in the asynchronous mode SM x n2 ms LS x 2 ms AT1 ms s x Pulse input speed pps 1 Ta Jo put speed pps SM Scan time of the program in the master station LS Link scan time n2 Value obtained from LS SM The value after the decimal point shall be rounded up For the sampling counter function and the periodic pulse counter function a sampling periodic time error due to a component error 100ppm occurs The count error is as follows Sampling periodic time s 2 x awe pom x Pulse input speed pps 1000000 4 Pulse input speed pps pulse input frequency Hz x number of multiples count 2 Sampling periodic time s Sampling periodic time setting value x Sampling periodic time unit s When the sampling periodic time unit setting is 1 ms the sampling periodic time is 0 001 s When the unit setting is 10 ms the time is 0 01 s 3 For AT and ATo refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 7 Count Disable Function The count disable function stops the counting when CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 or CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D is input during the counting 1 Setting method of the count disable function 1 Set Parameter write for M
296. ounter Function 4 Count disable Preset replace Function selection 5 Latch counter Preset replace Function e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on e Set the logic setting of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 e CH1 FNC LED and CH2 FNC LED turn on with any setting value when a voltage is applied 0127 0147 PUNON input logic e The rewind snows the setting range setting 0 Positive Logic 1 Negative Logic e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on e Set the logic setting of CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH LATCH2 e CH1 LAT LED and CH2 LAT LED turn on with any setting value when a voltage is applied Latch counter input g PR 01284 0148 l l e The following shows the setting range logic setting es 0 Positive Logic 1 Negative Logic e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on 212 APPENDICES 10 Module based parameter data address 01294 01491 Address Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the input response time of CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 b1 c 7 0 fixed 1 Z phase inp
297. ower limit value 2147483648 in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 the underflow error occurs and CHO Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 is changed to Detected 1 from Not detected 0 For details on the underflow error refer to the following K gt Page 96 Section 8 2 1 2 When CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 is turned off then on to clear the underflow error the value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 and CHO Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 is changed to Not detected 0 from Detected 1 Counting in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 resumes For counting up from the upper limit value 2147483647 in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 the overflow error occurs and CHO Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 is changed to Detected 1 from Not detected 0 For details on the overflow error refer to the following gt Page 96 Section 8 2 1 2 When CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 is turned off then on to clear the overflow error the value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 and CHO Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 is changed to Not detected 0 from Detected 1 Counting in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 resumes 4 For A
298. pdate flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY2A RY42 252 CHU Latch count value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX2A RX42 245 CHO Latch count value Sampling count value Periodic pulse count difference value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B 257 CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 01284 0148H 2000 272 CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A 260 CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B 260 CHO Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 eee ee ee eee ee re ee ee ere 258 CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 258 CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 258 CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A 246 CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C 247 CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 253 CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B 253 CHU Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 246 CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX33 RX4B 247 CHO Moving average count Frequency measurem
299. pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 e This signal turns on when CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is updated e CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is updated without resetting this flag e This signal turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function value update input terminal RY31 RY49 is turned on flag Function RX32 Measured pulse e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Measured pulse value input terminal RX4A update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 246 APPENDICES Remote input i E Signal name Description RX No e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C by CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B is completed e This signal turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal RY33 RY4B is turned off RX33 Measured pulse value update Controlled by the high speed counter module flag reset
300. put the setting values are reflected CHO ON width setting change completed PWM RY4D CH2 output RX35 RX4D turns on For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 RY36 Erorr e Turn on this signal to reset CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A and CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B RYAE command For the overview of the operation refer to Page 236 Appendix 1 1 253 The figures in the operation timing indicate the following This signal is valid while being on This signal is valid at the rising edge off to on Point Set AT or longer for the ON OFF time of the remote output signals For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 254 APPENDICES Appendix 2 Details of Remote Registers The following shows details of remote registers 1 Remote registers RWr0 to RWr1 Address RWr Description Default CH1 e When the coincidence output function is selected and Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 01024 is set to Coincidence Output 00 this area stores the magnitude relation between the values in Point setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw8 to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD and CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 bi b0 Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence Coincidence output 4 output 3 output 2 output 1 Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter
301. put terminal RY30 RY48 Set CHO Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal address 012Ay 014A to 0 or 1 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9Q Error code has tt i Classification hexadecimal 6624 Moderate error A6634 Moderate error 6704 Moderate error 06714 Moderate error 06724 Moderate error CHO Pulse measurement range overflow error Latch counter input terminal CHO Pulse measurement setting error Latch counter input terminal cHO PWM output assignment setting error CHO ON width setting error PWM output CHO Cycle setting error PWM output Description and cause A pulse from CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 or LATCH2 is beyond the measurable range approx 214s O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 0 and 1 is set in CHO Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal address 012B 014B O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect The setting in CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 is in either of the following cases e All the bits from bO to b3 are not on e Coincidence output bit which is assigned to the other channel is on O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 0 and 10 to 10000000 is set in CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 O indicates the channel where sett
302. quired e The PWM waveform is output from one of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 based on the settings The PWM waveform is output starting with OFF The PWM waveform continues to be output based on the acquired settings until CHA PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off or CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned on When the values in CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 and CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 are changed the PWM waveform is not changed Only the value in CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 can be changed by CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D The following processing is performed when CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D is turned off then on to turn on CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D e The value in CHO ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F RWw36 to RWw37 is acquired e The PWM waveform is output from one of the coincidence output 1 to 4 terminals EQU1 to EQU4 based on the settings The change is reflected immediately Turn off CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D when CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D turns on CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D tur
303. r i carra O FK the year displayed Error time First two digits of the year Last two digits ofthe year 2013 fea Enorme Ft Gals ot he year asi we cgi ot heyear 1 Error time Month Day When the tens place of Month Hour and Second is 0 the date and time are displayed Error time Hour Minute without 0 Error time Hour Minute 1 Error time Second No Use 4500 Error code details 1 lt Error time Second No Use The refreshed device values of remote IJO or remote registers may be overwritten Accesses the PLC CPU by using the current connection destination Please check if there is any problem with the connection destination paral eta py amp elle Soe Error code details 1 The value in the remote register Error code to details 1 to 10 of when an error occurs is Error code details 10 stored Point The error history registers 15 errors at a maximum If 16 or more errors occur errors are deleted from the oldest If the same error occurs continuously only the error that occurred first is stored to the error history Even after the power of the module is turned off then on the error history remains To initialize the error history set Method selection to Error history clear request on the Command Execution of Slave Station window and click the Execute button Method selection Error history clear request Error history read Error clear request gt Command Setting Error hist
304. r input terminal RX2B RX43 e CHO Update flag reset completed Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 e CHO Update flag Measured frequency value Measured rotation speed value RX2D RX45 e CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Function input terminal RX31 RX49 e CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A e CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset completed Latch counter input terminal RX33 RX4B e CHO Measured pulse value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C e CHO ON width setting change completed PWM output RX35 RX4D e CHO Error status RX36 RX4E e CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F e External input signals of the extension input module RX50 to RX5F 249 sjeublis indjno zow 1 jo sjielaq Z xipueddy sjeu iS O I a OWsyY Jo silejeq xipueddy Remote Operation output Signal name RY No Description e When this signal is turned on all the remote registers RWr of the high speed counter module are cleared to 0 e When this signal is turned on all the following remote buffer memory areas are RY9 Initial data setting cae request flag e Channel assignment Coincidence output 1 to 4 address 0600p e CHO Operation mode address 06204 0640 e CHO Selected counter function address 06214 0641p e For details of the ON OFF timing of this signal refer to Page 236 Appendix 1
305. r of the extension module For the parameter of the extension module refer to the following Manual for the extension module used Set all the items for the parameter If any blank exists the parameter cannot be written to the high speed counter module To read the parameter from the high speed counter module set Parameter read for Method selection and click the Execute button When the following message is displayed take corrective action for the error code in lt gt gt Page 208 Section 11 2 Bulyjas Joyowesed Z MELSOFT Series GX Works lt 0600 gt 4 An error occurred in the SLMP communication When the parameters are written the contents in the extended parameter area are stored in the nonvolatile memory When writing the parameters while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off set values in the remote registers RWw beforehand The values in the remote registers RWw related to the setting values of the parameters are checked at the writing If the setting is incorrect an error occurs 85 7 2 Changing the Parameter 7 2 1 Changing the network configuration When changing the network configuration diverting the created project set the parameter in the following procedure Power off the module Connect the modules again according to the desired network configuration Power on the module Non Display the CC IE Field Configuration window e When the master loc
306. rameters in the nonvolatile memory to the default values by setting Parameter area initialization command address 10024 to Not commanded 0 gt Commanded 1 Not commanded 0 Set the parameters again Take measures against noise such as using a shielded cable for connection If the same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative JSP BPOD JOU Cb Set the parameters in the nonvolatile memory to the default values by setting Parameter area initialization command address 10024 to Not commanded 0 gt Commanded 1 Not commanded 0 Set the parameters again Take measures against noise such as using a shielded cable for connection If the same error occurs again a module failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 209 Error code hexadecimal 01404 01504 01604 03304 0340 0800 0850 OF 40 13414 210 Classification Minor error Minor error Minor error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Non volatile memory data error error history Remote buffer memory access error Station number switch change failure Number of ON times integration function setting error Cam switch output unit assignment setting error Comparison output setting error Cyclic data update wat
307. range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 J i 0 Not commanded 0 fixed 1 Commanded e When Parameter area initialization command address 10024 is set to Commanded 1 the parameter information and the extended parameter information stored in the remote buffer memory and the nonvolatile memory Parameter area are initialized and Parameter area initialization completed address 10034 10024 initialization 0000 changes to Initialization is completed 1 command Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program Parameter remote buffer memory and Set parameter Default value nonvolatile memory Parameter area initialization command Not commanded 0 address 10024 Parameter area initialization completed Completed s Not Not performed 0 address 10031 slave aG performed 0 Point When Parameter area initialization command address 10024 is executed the following remote input signals and remote registers are not cleared Note that the following are the target data to be cleared by Initial data setting request flag RYQ e Warning status flag RX7 e Error status flag RXA e CHO Error status RX36 RX4E e CHO Warning status RX37 RX4F e CHO Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A e CHO Latest warning code RWr23 RWr3B When initialization of the parameter information and the extended parameter information is completed Initial data processing
308. ransaction permission Specifications subject to change without notice MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V German Branch Gothaer Stra e 8 D 40880 Ratingen Phone 49 0 2102 486 0 Fax 49 0 2102 486 1120 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V org sl CZECH REP Czech Branch Avenir Business Park Radlick 714 113a CZ 158 00 Praha 5 Phone 420 251 551 470 Fax 420 251 551 471 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V French Branch 25 Boulevard des Bouvets F 92741 Nanterre Cedex Phone 33 0 1 55 68 55 68 Fax 33 0 1 55 68 57 57 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V lrish Branch Westgate Business Park Ballymount IRL Dublin 24 Phone 353 0 1 4198800 Fax 353 0 1 4198890 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V Italian Branch Viale Colleoni 7 I 20864 Agrate Brianza MB Phone 39 039 60 53 1 Fax 39 039 60 53 312 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V Poland Branch Krakowska 50 PL 32 083 Balice Phone 48 0 12 630 47 00 Fax 48 0 12 630 47 01 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V 52 bld 3 Kosmodamianskaya nab 8 floor RU 115054 Moscow Phone 7 495 721 2070 Fax 7 495 721 2071 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V Spanish Branch Carretera de Rubi 76 80 E 08190 Sant Cugat del Vall s Barcelona Phone 902 131121 34 935653131 Fax 34 935891579 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B V UK UK Branch Travellers Lane UK Hatfield Herts AL10 8XB Phone 44 0 1707 27 6100 Fax 44 0 1707 27 86 95
309. rate error mode setting 0120p 0140p error O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect The setting in CHO Count source selection address 01214 0141p is in either of the following cases 0140p to a value between 0 and 4 and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 Take either of the following actions on CHO Count source selection address 01214 e If the value in CHO 01414 and turn off then on Operation mode setting address 0120p Initial data setting request flag RY9 e If the value in CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 01401 is 0 set a value between 0 and 2 e If the value in CHO Operation mode setting other than 0 is set address 01204 01404 is 1 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect CHO Count 0140 is 0 a value 08114 Moderate error source selection other than 0 to 2 is set setting error e If the value in CHO Operation mode setting address 0120p 0140p is 1 or 2 a value or 2 set 0 218 Error code Classification hexadecimal CHO Count source 08124 Moderate error coincidence output setting error CHO Pulse 08134 Moderate error input mode setting error CHO Counting 08144 Moderate error speed setting error Description and cause Either of the following cases is the cause if the value in CHO Operation mode setting address 0120p 0140p is 0 and the value in CHO Count source selection ad
310. rea of the remote buffer memory are changed or the setting values of the extended parameter area are saved into the nonvolatile memory e While this signal is on the high speed counter module does not count pulses This signal turns off in the following cases e Until Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned on after the module is powered on e Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off when the setting values in the parameter area of the remote buffer memory are normal This signal turns on in the following case e When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned on Se Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program af ON Initial data setting completion flag RX9 OFF a ON Initial data setting request flag ae D RY9 OFF Pd The setting value is changed by the user i A Initial data setting 7 RX9 Parameter area Setting value A Setting value B completion flag 7 ON ON Remote READY RXB The operation is The operation is performed with performed with the setting value A the setting value B e After checking that the initial data setting processing is completed this signal turns off and Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off turn on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C to start pulse counting e Remote output signals other than CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E that are already turned on when this signal turns
311. read or written from to any of the registers correct operation of the module cannot be guaranteed The remote register information is not stored in the nonvolatile memory of the high speed counter module Thus the remote register information is initialized by turning off then on the power supply of the high speed counter module CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3 7 List of Remote Buffer Memory This section lists remote buffer memory areas of the high speed counter module The remote buffer memory areas of the main module and extension module are assigned as shown below Main module Extension module 1 Ex Example of the remote buffer memory in the manual Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 01024 t Setting item te Address of a high speed counter module For details on the remote buffer memory refer to the following e Details of Remote Buffer Memory Addresses lt gt Page 267 Appendix 3 For details on the remote buffer memory of the connected extension module refer to the following e User s manual for the connected extension module O Available x Unavailable Buffer memory address Access method REMFR ae CC IE Field l l Description l l instruction Decimal Hexadecimal configuration REMTO of GX Works2 instruction Station based parameter data Main module Parameter area Modul
312. reate a program Page 86 Section 7 2 1 4 To replace the module refer to this section Point To replace the module follow the procedure described below e Stop the operation of the system and remove the high speed counter module e Prepare a new high speed counter module and perform the procedure above from Setting a station number to Parameter settings and programming The network parameter of the master station does not need to be set again e After checking the operation restart the control 51 Memo 52 CHAPTER 5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION CHAPTER 5 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION This chapter describes system configuration using a high speed counter module For CC Link IE Field Network configuration refer to the following User s manual for the master local module used 5 1 High Speed Counter Module System Configuration The following shows system configuration using a high speed counter module High speed counter module Extension module D 01 a ote 0 9 may P Lo aa MITSUBISHI qP i Uy nN a a5 NS 109376 654 NZ2GFCF D62PD2 CC L nk IE Bieta MEUSEG uoneinbyuoD Wa sAS ainpoy Je UNOD pseds ubIH 1 s 53 5 2 Applicable Systems 1 Applicable master station When using a high speed counter module use the following products as a master station Model First five digits of serial number QJ71GF11 T2 LJ71GF11 T2 14102 or later When a master station other than the above is used
313. rement is done twice or more within AT5 only the latest measured value is stored in the remote registers For details on AT5 refer to the following e Internal Control Cycle and Response Delay Time _ gt Page 283 Appendix 4 157 No 1 2 3 4 5 6 158 CHL Measured pulse value update flag reset completed 6 Operation example of the pulse measurement function The following figure shows an operation example of the pulse measurement for the ON width with CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 The explanations in the following table are for the measurement with CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 The same can be applied to the measurement with CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 except the difference of the terminals for the pulse measurement and the setting items For details on the difference refer to Page 159 Section 8 15 7 pasch Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CHU Pulse measurement start command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 CHL Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 CHU Pulse measurement flag Function input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 CHUO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A CHL Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 Function
314. res judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user s device is subject to or as necessary by industry standards had been provided 4 Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts battery backlight fuse etc designated in the instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced 5 Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages and Failure caused by force majeure such as earthquakes lightning wind and water damage 6 Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientific technology standards at time of shipment from Mitsubishi 7 Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user 2 Onerous repair term after discontinuation of production 1 Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven 7 years after production of the product is discontinued Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins etc 2 Product supply including repair parts is not available after production is discontinued 3 Overseas service Overseas repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi s local overseas FA Center Note that the repair conditions at each FA Center may differ 4 Exclusion of loss in opportunity and secondary loss from warranty liability Regardless of the gratis warranty term Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation of damages caused by any cause found not to be the r
315. response delay time An example is described in a to d regarding the operation of the coincidence output function in the following condition e Master local module is the QJ71GF11 T2 e Block data assurance per station is set e Asynchronous mode Ex Operation of the coincidence output function ON CHUO Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF CHUO Coincidence output EA enable command RY20 RY38 Sia Counter input pulse Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 Counter value smaller Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b0 Coincidence output 1 RX10 Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY10 Counter value greater Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b1 CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 a Processing time Normal value Master station RY Remote device station RY The following shows the processing time required until the high speed counter module starts pulse input after CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on SM x n2 LS x 1 Processing time of the high speed counter module AT e SM Scan time of the program in the master station e LS Link scan time e n2 The value provided by rounding up the value after the decimal point of LS SM 284 APPENDICES b Processing time Normal value Master station RWr Remote device station RWr The following shows the processing time required until a count value is read by the master station after the count v
316. riodic pulse counter RWw17 2 2000ms 2000 CH1 Frequency measurement 4 CH1 Time unit setting Frequency measurement RWw18 0 01s 0 CH1 Moving average count Frequency measurement RWw19 3 CH1 Rotation speed measurement CH1 Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 0 01s 0 CH1 Moving average count Rotation speed measurement RWw19 3 CH1 Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B 1000 CH1 PWM output CH1 PWM output assignment setting RWw1D Output to Coincidence output 1 0001p CH1 ON width setting PWM output RWw1E to RWw1F 100 0us 1000 CH1 Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 200 0us 2000 4 Set only when using the coincidence output function 2 Set only when using the ring counter function 9 Set only when using the sampling counter function or the periodic pulse counter function 4 Set only under the frequency measurement mode 5 Set only under the rotation speed measurement mode 6 Set only under the PWM output mode Point If Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns on when the module is powered on always set the remote register 1 ee 4 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 4 Configuration of program examples The following figure shows a configuration of a program example a Program configuration under the normal mode Common program Initial setting program Counter function program Select the program for the counter function used Compar
317. rmation list Detailed information about errors is stored in Error code details 1 in Error history 1 to 15 address OAOO to OAEF The following table lists the error codes with the detailed information Error code Gineeiication Error code Error code hexadecimal details 1 details 2 to 10 CHO Overflow underflow error Sampling O050 Minor error count value Periodic pulse count difference value 0 Underfl D2004 Moderate error CHO Overflow underflow error aa 0 fixed 1 Overflow Error codes other than 0 xed 0 feed O 050 and O 200 axe ee 0 Underflow 1 Overflow 0 fixed 222 Error code hexadecimal DOEO DOE1 DOE2 DOE3 D2174 D2A0 D2A3y D72Ay DF01 CHAPTER 11 TROUBLESHOOTING 2 Error code list D000 to DFFF D5294 and D52B excluded When an error occurs the ERR LED does not turn on The D LINK LED flashes or turns off Troubleshoot the problem with the CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics _ gt Page 175 Section 8 21 Description and cause Action Station type The network parameter is In the network configuration settings of the master station change mismatch incorrect or outside the range the station type to the remote device station e In the network configuration settings of the master station cancel Own station The network parameter is the reserved station setting reserved incorrect or outside the range Change the station number
318. rming that Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on turn off Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 becomes less than Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 and Coincidence output 1 RX10 turns on since the present value is outside the specified range If performing coincidence output from the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on CH1 Coincidence output enable command RY20 In this case the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turns on immediately since Coincidence output 1 RX10 is already on Turn off then on CH1 Count enable command RY24 to start counting When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 or more and the present value is within the specified range Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn off When CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 is more than Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 and the present value is outside the specified range Coincidence output 1 RX10 and the coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 turn on CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 turn on regardless of CHO Coincidence output enable command RY20 RY38 Even if Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 to 4 RWw0 to RWw1 RWw4 to RWw5 RWw to RWw9 RWwC to RWwD and Upper li
319. rn off then on CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D ISI OpOD JOU Z L1 Set CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw339 to a value between 50 and 10000000 and turn off then on CHO PWM output start command RY26 RY3E 217 Operation of when an error Error code eT Description and occurs r Classification Action hexadecimal cause The other Error CH CH S Set the values that satisfy the condition CHO ON width If CHO PWM setting PWM output RWw1E The value in CHO Cycle output start to RWw1F Pune to RWw37 setting PWM output Somimand lt CHO Cycle setting PWM RWw20 to Bevel RY26 RY3E is output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw339 is tuned of then RWw38s to RWw39 and CHO ON smaller than the value in e perform either of the following idth Cycl HO ON width setti ions 0673 odenis are wi i ycle C ON width setting If CHO ON operations setting error PWM output RWw1E to width Setting e If CHO PWM output RX26 PWM output RWw1F RWw36 t RX3E is off t ff th een a ii nange roques a n an eG PWM output Flindieatesinechannel It aup command RY26 RY3E where settings are es If CHO PWM output RX26 incorrect meeonnee RX3E is on turn off then an l CHO ON width setting change request PWM output RY35 RY4D A value other than 0 to 4 is Set CHO Operation mode ae aie eee setting address 0120p CHO Operation mode setting address 08104 Mode
320. roduct of Input pulse speed Minor error value Periodic ee 15 puse count value update check pps x amping Eeniodie time ifern RWr16 to RWr17 RWr2E s is within the range value to RWr2F is outside the range of 2147483648 to 2147483647 O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect The value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is outside the range of 2147483648 to Replace the present value with 2147483647 in the linear the preset value counter function operation O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect CHO Overflow underflow error ISI OPO JOU Z L1 CHO 02004 Moderate error Overflow underf low error 211 Error code hexadecimal 0210 0304 212 Classification Moderate error Moderate error CHO Ring counter upper lower limit value setting error Comparison condition setting error Coincidence output Description and cause The value in CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B is smaller than the value in CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 in the ring counter function operation O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect A value other than 00b to 10b is set in Coincidence output of Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 0102p O indicates the channel where settings are incorrect indicates the number of Coincidenc
321. rogram for reading the error history The program is the same as the program example of the normal mode lt gt Page 196 Section 9 3 8 g 198 10 Program example of the frequency measurement mode SB49 SWOBO 0 MC NO NO _ MO M10 PLS X1008 M102 bf SET Y1008 X1008 X100B RST MOV KO MOV K3 BMOV D1024 W1018 SET X1008 X1009 X32 X33 gt a X33 RST X1008 X1009 X1008 X1009 Y102C X102D To W111A SET Y102C X102C IK 4 R_ HAYTYS YH TSYWHSYXVYTTS SRST MCR MO M102 Y1008 Y1008 D1024 D1025 K2 M10 Y1024 Y1024 D1126 Y102C Y102C NO a END CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING Start remote register initial settings Turn on Initial data processing completion flag Turn off Initial data processing completion flag CH1 Time unit setting Frequency measurement CH1 Moving average count Frequency measurement Set the values to the remote register CH1 Frequency measurement start CH1 Frequency measurement stop Read CH1 Measured frequency value to D1126 to D1127 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Measured frequency value 9 dwexy weibold 6 199 11 Program example of the rotation speed measurement mode SB49 SWOBO0 0 MC NO NO_ MO M10 PLS X1008 M102 __ fet Y1008 X1008 X100B RST MOV KO MOV K3 DMOV K1000 BMOV D1024 W1018 SET X1008 X1009 X34 X35 CE TJ aJIJ
322. roject window 5 gt Parameter 5 gt PLC Parameter Select Project from the view selection area to open the Project window In the Project window expand Parameter and select PLC Parameter View selection area The chapter of the current page is shown The section of the current page is shown Point shows notes that requires attention coD shows useful information ME MELSOFT Series GX Works Unset Project PRG MAIN i Project Edit Find Replace Navigation Project Parameter Intelligent Function Module Global Dev ice Comment Program Setting POU E 2 Program 4s MAIN D Local Device Comment Device Memory Device Initial Value 244444242 F View Online Debug Diagno ETETETT FS sF5_ FG SES F whe nh Piya Unlabeled 11 TERM Unless otherwise specified this manual uses the following terms CC Link IE Field Network GX Works2 REMFR REMTO Intelligent device station Cyclic transmission Slave station Data link Transient transmission Network module Buffer memory Programming tool Master local module Master station Remote I O station Remote device station Remote buffer memory Remote register RWr Remote register RWw Remote output RY Remote input RX Link device 12 Description A high speed and large capacity open field network that is based on E
323. round the FG terminal with the thickest and shortest possible ground cable 30cm or shorter APPENDICES 3 Cables Use shielded cables for the cables which are connected to the module and run out from the control panel If a shielded cable is not used or not grounded correctly the noise immunity will not meet the specified value a Cables for the CC Link IE Field Network The precautions for using CC Link IE Field Network cables are described below e Shielded cables should be used for the CC Link IE Field Network Strip a part of the jacket as shown below and ground the exposed shield in the largest possible area CC Link IE Field Network cable Shield b Grounding the cable clamp Use shielded cables for external wiring and ground the shields of the external wiring cables to the control panel with the AD75CK type cable clamp Mitsubishi Ground the shield section 20 to 30cm away from the module Inside the control panel SIN Module Seite LOY INSA RLA SY SIMS 20 to 30cm AD75CK lee For details of the AD75CK refer to the following AD75CkK type Cable Clamping Instruction Manual 4 External power supply e Use a CE marked product for an external power supply and always ground the FG terminal External power supply used for the tests conducted by Mitsubishi TDK Lambda DLP 120 24 1 IDEC PSSR SF24 PS5R F24 e Use a power cable of 10m or shorter when connecting it to the module power supply
324. rs module correct 231 UOUSLUOUSUd Yoey JO Buljooussjgnos Shh SPOW EWJOU y s Buiyas pow uogeado y UO Huiy s y UBUAA L LL 4 When the count value cannot be replaced with a value preset by the user a When the preset replace function by CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 cannot be performed Check item Is CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 used as an interlock Is CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B off 4 For AT refer to the following Page 283 Appendix 4 Action Turn on or off CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 using CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 as an interlock Turn off CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B by turning on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B Note that the ON OFF time of CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B must be AT or longer Page 249 Appendix 1 2 b When the preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 cannot be performed Check item Is the external wiring to CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 correct Is the interval of AT or longer taken between change in the setting in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D and the execution of preset Is CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX
325. rs are classified into the following three types Reference Page 208 Section 11 2 1 Page 223 Section 11 2 2 Classification Description Major error An error that cannot be recovered The RUN LED turns off Moderate error An error where the module cannot continue to operate The ERR LED turns on Minor error An error where the module can continue to operate The ERR LED flashes If an error occurs check that the D LINK LED is on Then take corrective actions as listed below Error code ere j Classification hexadecimal Network OOOB Major error number change error Station number 000Ch Major error change error 00104 Major error Hardware error Clock dat t 01054 Moderate error ane of range error 208 Description and cause The network number has been changed via the network The station number has been changed via the network Module hardware failure The clock data acquired from the CPU module are abnormal Operation of when an error occurs The other Error CH CHs Action Take measures against noise and reset the module If the same error occurs again a module hardware failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Take measures against noise and reset the module If the same error occurs again a module hardware failure may be the cause Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative Power off then on the module If the same
326. s by reversing the procedure above Point Shut off the external power supply for the system in all phases before connecting or disconnecting extension modules Lock the module joint levers securely Failure to do so may cause malfunction failure or drop of the module UOHE E SU C9 s jnpow uoisu x BuljosuuOyD 9 59 6 3 2 Mounting the modules on a DIN rail Point An example of the use of the DIN rail stopper is described in the following procedure Fix the module according to the manual of the DIN rail stopper used 1 Mounting procedure Hitch the hook to the bottom of the DIN rail 60 Pull down all DIN rail hooks on the back of the modules The hook should be pulled down until it clicks Hang the upper tabs of the modules on a DIN rail and push the modules in position Lock the DIN rail hooks to the DIN rail to secure the modules in position Push each hook up until it clicks If the hooks are beyond the reach use a tool such as a screwdriver Loosen the screw on DIN rail stopper Hitch the bottom hook of the DIN rail stopper to the bottom of the DIN rail Hitch the hook according to the orientation of the arrow on the front of the stopper CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 Hitch the upper hook of the DIN rail stopper to the Hitch the hook to top of the DIN rail _ the top of the DIN rail 7 Slide the DIN rail stopper up to the left side of the
327. s of remote buffer memory addresses 1 Station based parameter data address 00014 Address Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the input response time of the extension input module e The following shows the setting range i Input response Setting value time H 2ms 44 oms 6H 20ms e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e When an extension I O module is not installed this setting is ignored 2 Station based parameter data address 00024 to 00034 Address Description Default CH1 CH2 Set whether to hold or clear the output of the high speed counter module and the extension output module e The following shows the setting range sage ae b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 bi sane H H 0 fixed 1 HOLD e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on e Set the time to monitor the data update interval of the cyclic transmission watch time e When the cyclic transmission remains to be stopped over the cyclic data sessaippy Aiowsy Jong ejousey jo sjieljaq xIpueddy update watch time setting the high speed counter module is regarded as disconnected Then the output status of the high speed counter module and Cyclic data update extension output module becomes HOLD or CLEAR For details on output watch time setting HOLD CLEAR refer to
328. s required Precautions for the external wiring are as follows 1 Wiring e Terminals are prepared depending on the voltage of the signal to be input Connecting to a terminal with a different voltage may cause malfunction of the module and failure of the connected devices e In 1 phase input always connect a pulse input cable to the A phase side 2 Connectors for external devices e Securely connect the connectors for external devices A6CON1 AGCON2 A6CON4 to the high speed counter module connectors and securely tighten the two screws e When disconnecting the cable from the high speed counter module do not pull the cable by the cable part Hold the connector part of the cable Pulling the cable connected to the module may result in malfunction or damage to the module or cable 3 DC power supply e Each DC power supply to be connected to the high speed counter module encoder and controller must be connected to a different power supply CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 4 Measures against noise e The high speed counter module may incorrectly count the pulses when pulse state noises are input e When inputting high speed pulses take the following measures against noise Measure 1 Use shielded twisted pair cables and ground them on the encoder side with a ground resistance of 100 or less Measure 2 Use the shortest possible shielded twisted pair cables placing them not parallel with noise generating power cables or I O ca
329. s turned off 4 For AT3 refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 Point Cam switch output signal RWr2 turns on regardless of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 121 UOHOUN YOHMS WED VES uoljouN nd no uosuedwog g g 8 4 Preset replace Function 122 The preset replace function replaces the count value with any value preset by the user This value is called a preset value This function can be used to start counting pulses from the preset value Perform this function by one of the following methods This section describes No 1 and 2 Point All the above preset replace functions cannot be performed while CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is on CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 1 Performing the preset replace function by a program The following figure shows an operation example of changing the present value to the preset value 100 at any timing Turning on CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 by a program performs the preset replace function Senas Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON CHU Count enable command RY24 RY3C OFF Counter pulse CHL Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D CHL Preset replace command RY21 RY39 CHL Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 0 1 2 to 165166 67 68 100 101102103104100101102103104 t gt AT1 No Descrip
330. s turned off CHO Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter operation flag RWr20 b3 RWr38 b3 is set to Not operating 0 and CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 turns on Point The sampling counter function cannot be performed while CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D or CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 is on even if the other is turned on By turning off both CHO Selected counter function start command RY25 RY3D and CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 and then turning on one of them during the operation of the sampling counter function the pulses are counted from 0 again though the sampling period is continually measured Depending on the pulse input speed and sampling period the values stored in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B may be over the upper limit value 2147483647 or below the lower limit value 2147483648 In that case the value stored in CHO Sampling count value RWr12 to RWr13 RWr2A to RWr2B remains the upper limit value 2147483647 or the lower limit value 2147483648 and CHO Overflow underflow error Sampling count value Periodic pulse count difference value error code A0504 occurs Despite this minor error the sampling counter function keeps working till the end of the sampling period To perform the sampling counter function again reset CHO Update flag Sampling count value RX29 RX41 before turning on again CHO Select
331. se counting e Remote output signals other than CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E that are already turned on when this signal turns off are recognized as they are turned on right after this signal turns off e At the rising state of either of Coincidence output 1 or Coincidence output 2 for which the preset replace at coincidence output function is enabled from the comparison result at when this signal turns off the count value is replaced with the preset value However this operation is performed only when Comparison output setting address 0100 is set to Coincidence Output Function 0 and CHU Operation mode setting address 01204 0140p is set to Normal Mode 0 e If an error occurs such as when a value out of the setting range of the remote register RWw or the remote buffer memory is detected this signal does not turn off even if Initial data processing completion flag RY8 is turned off This signal remains on In this case remove the error cause and turn on then off Initial data processing completion flag RY8 In addition the OFF time must be longer than AT 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 23 sjeublis ndu ow Jo sjielaq xipueddy s euBls O I a owWsyY Jo sjlejeq X pu ddy Remote input Ae Description Signal name RX No e This signal is used as an interlock for turning on off Initial data setting request flag RYQ when the setting values in the parameter a
332. se value Function input terminal CH1 Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal CH1 Status CH1 Latest error code CH1 Latest warning code Error history 1 to15 Cam switch function step type Output 1 Cam switch function number of steps Output 1 Cam switch function step No 1 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 2 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 3 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 4 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 5 setting Output 1 Cam switch function step No 6 setting Output 1 Communication ready flag station No 1 Initial setting completion Parameter initial setting start Parameter initial setting completion Remote register initial setting start REMTO instruction completion flag REMTO instruction error completion flag Parameter setting normal completion flag REMFR instruction completion flag REMFR instruction error completion flag Error history read normal completion flag Own station baton pass status master station Own station data link status master station Baton pass status each station station No 1 Data link status each station station No 1 Nesting station No 1 2 Stores the latest warning minor error and holds it also after an error reset 189 9 dwexy weibold 6 6 Setting procedure 190 Connect GX Works2 to the master station to configure the setting 1 Create a project on GX Worksz2 Select QCPU Q mode for
333. setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWw30 Set the number of pulses per rotation to CHO Number of pulses per rotation RWw1A to RWw1B RWw3z2 to RWw33 Setting item Setting range Reference CHO Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement RWw18 RWws30 CHO Number of pulses per rotation 4 to 8000000 RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 152 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS Point Whichever mode 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 4 2 Phase Multiple of 2 or 5 2 Phase Multiple of 4 is set in CHO Pulse input mode gt Page 92 Section 8 1 1 the rotation speed r min is calculated based on the count value per unit of time Required pulse speed minimum The rotation speed is calculated from the count value per unit of time However the pulse speed lower than the one in the following table the rotation speed cannot be measured correctly as the count value is in an integer number Input the pulses with the speed shown below or higher Unit of time Required pulse speed minimum 1s 1pps 0 1s 10pps 0 01s 100pps When a unit of time is 0 01 s the number of pulses per rotation is 60 and when the pulse input speed is 1234 pps the value of the calculated rotation speed is 1200 r min or 1300 r min By doing the moving average count the fluctuation of the measured values can be lowered 4 Moving average count When the rotation speed measurement function is used the fluctuation of the measured rotation speed can be
334. sion RY50 to Remote output RY of the connected extension module 1 RX5F module is assigned RY5F module is assigned Point Do not use any Use prohibited remote I O signals If any of the signals are used correct operation of the module cannot be guaranteed 1 Remote I O signal of the extension module The remote I O signal differs depending on the model of the extension module e Extension I O module Refer to the following CC Link IE Field Network Remote I O Module User s Manual 38 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3 6 List of Remote Register This section lists remote registers for a master local module In the example of the remote register assignment described in this section the remote registers of the main module are assigned to the remote registers of RWr0 to RWr3F and RWw0 to RWw3F The remote registers are assigned per station regardless of the main module or the extension module Remote register RWr is the information input from the high speed counter module to the master local module Remote register RWw is the information output from the master local module to the high speed counter module For details on the remote register refer to the following Page 255 Appendix 2 Remote register RWr signal direction High speed Remote register RWw signal direction Master local counter module Master local module module High speed counter module Device ee Device Description Description number number R
335. t signals and remote registers The notification of the error or warning can be checked on the LED on the front of the module For details refer to the following PART NAMES gt Page 21 CHAPTER 2 1 Notification of an error The high speed counter module notifies the master station of an error in the following method Item Description Reference Error status flag RXA Turns on when a moderate error or major error occurs Turns on when a moderate error or major error occurs for Page 236 Appendix 1 1 CHO Error status RX36 RX4E each channel CHU Latest error code RWr22 An error code is stored when a moderate error or major Page 260 Appendix 2 6 RWr3A error occurs for each channel 4 Errors independent from channels are station errors stored in CH1 Latest error code RWr22 a Method for clearing an error The method for clearing an error depends on the error type Error type Clearing an error Major error The error cannot be cleared Turn off then on CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E or Initial data setting request Moderate error flag RYQ9 after removing the error cause 2 Notification of a warning The high speed counter module notifies the master station of a warning in the following method UOHOUN A UOHESISHION JOUA 618 CHO Warning status RX37 Page 236 Appendix 1 1 Turns on when a minor error occurs for each channel RX4F CHU Latest warning code The error code
336. t Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program No 1 2 3 4 5 6 112 ON CH1 Coincidence output enable command RY20 OFF 3 k l ON Setting change request 1 Coincidence output 1 RY14 OFF 7 i 2 i ONY a Setting change completed wo o T Coincidence output 1 RX14 OFF v Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 o Xl 1000 H RWw0 to RWw1 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 0 2000 RWw2 to RWw3 Coincidence output 1 RX10 OFF aya 5 M 6 k ON Coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 ofr 7 5 7 6 a CH1 Present value RWr10 to RWr11 0 te 1000 2000 2001 ON CH1 Count enable command RY24 OFF 4 Description Start comparison of the present value and values set to Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw71 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 in the following order 1 Write 1000 into Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 2 Write 2000 into Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 3 Turn off then on Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 4 The values set for Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw71 and Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 are enabled when Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 turns on After confi
337. t the operation is performed with the moving measurement average count regarded as not being done e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on e Set the number of moving average count of rotation speed measurement for the rotation speed measurement function Moving average count The following shows the setting range Rotation speed 1 to 100 However when 1 is set the operation is performed with the moving measurement average count regarded as not being done e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on 13 Remote registers RWw1A to RWw1B RWw32 to RWw33 Address RWw Description Default e Set the number of pulses per rotation for the pulse measurement function e The following shows the setting range Number of pul umber of pulses per 4 to 8000000 rotation e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on 265 Sia siIBay Jow Y Jo sjiejeq Zz xipueddy 14 Remote registers RWw1D to RWw21 RWw35 to RWw39 Address RWw CH1 Default Description e Select an output target from Coincidence output 1 to 4 to output the PWM waveform using the PWM output function e This setting applies only to coincidence outputs where the corresponding channels are assigned using Coincidence output channel assign
338. t whether to turn on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B or not when a count value is replaced with the preset value by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 e While CHO Z phase Preset trigger setting address 0125 b0 to b1 0145 b0 to b1 is on CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting address 0125 b4 01454 b4 is disabled and CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B is always off e The following shows the setting range b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 bd b4 b3 b2 b1 olololelelol olele o eo o NS MM 0 fixed 0 fixed 1 Z phase Preset trigger setting 00 Rising 01 Falling 10 Rising Falling 11 During ON External preset replace Z Phase request detection setting 0 ON at detection 1 Not ON at detection e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 211 sessaippy How y yng ejowsey jo sjez q X pu ddy 9 Module based parameter data address 0126 to 01284 01464 to 0148 Address Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the counter function which becomes valid when the value in CHO Operation mode setting address 01204 01404 is Normal Mode 0 e The following shows the setting range 0 Count Disable Function 1 Latch Counter Function Counter function 0126 0146 2 Sampling Counter Function 3 Periodic Pulse C
339. tch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 When the next pulse is measured the measured value is written over the previous value High speed counter module Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Remote register Pulses CHO Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 to RWr35 Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 9 CHO Measured pulse value Latch counter input terminal RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 1 Setting method of the pulse measurement function 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XXO CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Operation mode setting to 3 Pulse Measurement Mode pee CH1 Pulse input mode o E 0 Normal Mode D CH1 Counting speed setting aie ee Frequency Measurement Mode EHI Counter format OLinearc E 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode ee CH1 Z phase Preset trigger s O Risng F 4 PYM Output Mode 3 Setthe pulse width to be measured in CHO Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal H CH1 Pulse measurement setting Function input terminal 0 Pulse io CH1 Pulse measurement setting Latch counter input terminal 0 Pulse EI CH Setting a ee 0 Pulse ON Width m CH Operation mode setting 1 Pulse
340. te buffer memory as well change the setting in the parameter area enable the setting values by turning on Initial data setting request flag RYQ then turn on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 e While this signal is on the high speed counter module does not count pulses This signal turns off in the following case e Initial data processing completion flag RY8 is turned on when all setting values of the remote register RWw and the remote buffer memory are normal This signal turns on in the following case e After the module is powered on or the remote reset is performed Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program ON Module power supply Ff OOO ON Initial data processing request flag RX8 OFF The operation is set with the Initial data processing completion flag setting value B RY8 Initial data setting completion flag x l RX9 Initial data processing RX8 Initial data setting request flag RY9 request flag OFF Parameter settings are read from the internal nonvolatile memory The setting value is changed by the user Parameter area i I The operation is ON I I set with the Remote pan OFF setting value A al e After checking that the initial data processing is completed this signal turns off and Initial data setting completion flag RX9 turns off turn on CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C to start pul
341. ter upper limit value when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on or when the preset replace function is performed When pulses are counted up or down in the status the operation is the same as that of when pulses are counted from CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 For example if CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on when CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is 0 CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B is 2000 and CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is 500 the counting range and the CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 change as follows CHU Ring counter lower limit value CHU Present value CHU Ring counter upper limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 RWr10 to RWr11 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B RWr28 to RWr29 2000 500 2147483648 2147483647 Counting range NS CHO Present value CHO Ring counter CHO Ring counter RWr10 to RWr11 upper limit value lower limit value RWr28 to RWr29 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw10 to RWw11 RWw2A to RWw2B 2000 lt RWw28 to RWw29 to 1998 1999 0 1 2 to 498 499 500 501 In counting up A The value of CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B l 2000 is not stored in CHOI Present value i RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 l CHU Present value CHO Ring counter CHO Ring counter RWr10 to RWr11 upper limit value lo
342. terminal 289 SOAIOOJIG BHeYO A MOT pue OFC x ipueddy BAIOSJIP DIF 24 UM Ajdwod 0 seunsea 1G xipueddy 5 Encoder and controller Install the DC power connected to the encoder inside the same control panel as the high speed counter module Use a cable of 3m or shorter between the encoder for the open collector output and the pulse input terminal Use a cable of 10m or shorter between the encoder for the differential output and the pulse input terminal Use cables of 30m or shorter between the high speed counter module and the external output the high speed counter module and the pulse input terminal Be sure to attach ferrite cores to the DC power cables to be connected to the high speed counter module and the controller The ferrite core ZCAT3035 1330 manufactured by TDK Corporation is recommended 6 Others a Ferrite core A ferrite core has the effect of reducing radiated noise in the 30MHz to 100MHz band It is recommended to attach ferrite cores if shield cables coming out of the control panel do not provide sufficient shielding effects Note that the ferrite cores must be attached at the position closest to the cable hole inside the control panel If attached at an improper position the ferrite core will not produce any effect For the FG terminal on a main module that is connected to the external power supply the external power supply of an extension module and CC Link IE Field Network cables attach a ferrite cor
343. terminal to D1124 to D1125 Turn on CH1 Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal Turn off CH1 Latch count value update flag reset command Latch counter input terminal Turn on CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn off CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn on CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn off CH1 Selected counter function start command Read CH1 Latch count value to D1118 to D1119 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Latch count value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Latch count value e Program for the sampling counter function X2B X1025 tK gt AdYH _ _ TT SET X1025 RST X2A DMOV W1112 Y1028 X1029 tS Set Y1028 X1028 KS AI ft e Program for the periodic pulse counter function SET RST X2C Y1028 X1029 D W1112 W1116 BMOV W1112 D1118 SET Y1028 X1028 PAS _firesT Y1025 Y1025 D1118 Y1028 Y1028 Y1025 Y1025 K6 Y1028 Y1028 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING Turn on CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn off CH1 Selected counter function start command Read CH1 Sampling count value to D1118 to D1119 Turn on CH1 Update flag reset command Sampling count value Turn off CH1 Update flag reset command Sampling count value Turn on CH1 Selected counter function start command Turn off CH1 Selected counter function start command Read C
344. the P1 connector and P2 connector e The module has received abnormal data e The module is performing loopback OFF The module has received normal data e The module is not performing loopback Linkup in progress 3 Linkdown in progress PORT2 connector for CC Link IE Field Network RJ45 connector Connect an Ethernet cable L gt Page 65 Section 6 5 There are no restrictions on the connection order of the cables for the P1 connector and P2 connector Same as the P1 Same as the P1 Terminal block for 4 module power supply and A terminal block to connect the module power supply 24VDC and FG FG 5 DIN rail hook A hook to mount a module on a DIN rail Connectors for external Connectors for encoders controllers and others devices 40 pins For the terminal layouts refer to gt Page 71 Section 6 6 3 6 Point When the phase Z of the encoder is connected to the phase Z pulse input terminal Zn a pulse is counted per rotation of the encoder Therefore lighting of the LEDs may be missed 23 1 Module status and LED status The following table lists the correspondence between the module status and the LED status LED status Module status Data link status PW LED RUN LED MODE LED DLINK LED ERR LED Data link in operation Data link in operation link in Data link in operation Reserved station TOTO Cyclic stop Flashing specification in pro
345. the cycle time is 17 oF Sampling indicated in increments of 1ms and when set to 10ms 1 in increments of counter Periodic pulse 10ms counter e The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8 turns off 2 When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on only while Initial data processing request flag RX8 is off 3 When CHO Setting change request Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RY27 RY3F is turned off then on 264 APPENDICES 12 Remote registers RWw18 to RWw19 RWw30 to RWw371 Address RWw Description Default CH1 e Set a unit of time of frequency measurement for frequency measurement function e The following shows the setting range 0 0 01s 1 0 1s 2 1s e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on Time unit setting Frequency measurement e Set a unit of time of rotation speed measurement for the rotation speed measurement function e The following shows the setting range 0 0 01s 1 0 1s 2 1s e The reflection timing of the setting value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on Time unit setting Rotation speed measurement e Set the number of moving average count of frequency measurement for the frequency measurement function Moving average count The following shows the setting range Frequency 1 to 100 However when 1 is se
346. the high speed counter module cannot be used 2 Connectable modules One extension module can be connected to one high speed counter module Module Model NZ2EX2B1 16D NZ2EX2B1 16T Extension I O module 3 Ethernet cable For the specifications of the Ethernet cable refer to the following I User s manual for the master local module used 4 Software package GX Works2 is required for setting and diagnosing the high speed counter module Software Version GX Works2 Version 1 98C or later 04 CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING CHAPTER INSTALLATION AND WIRING This chapter describes the installation and wiring of the high speed counter module 6 1 Station Number Setting 1 Setting procedure Set the station number with the rotary switch on the front of the module The setting value of the station number becomes valid when the module is powered on Thus set the station number when the module is powered off e The hundreds and tens places of the station number are set with x10 e The ones place of the station number is set with x1 Ex To set the station number to 115 set the switch as shown below 2 Setting range Set the station number from 1 to 120 Setting the value other than 1 to 120 causes a communication error and the D LINK LED flashes Do not set a station number duplicated with other station numbers If the station number is duplicated a communication error occurs and the D LINK LED does not turn
347. the input response time setting The pulse width which is taken in as an input varies depending on the response time set in parameters To set the input response time consider fully the operating environment The following table shows the minimum values of the pulse widths which may be taken in as an input The pulse widths lower than the values shown below can be filtered as noise Value of input response time setting 2ms 5ms 10ms 20ms 70ms Minimum values of the pulse widths which may be taken in as an input j 0 15ms 2ms 4ms 9ms 36ms the maximum pulse widths which can be filtered as noise 174 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 8 21 CC Link IE Field Network Diagnostic Function With this function whether any network error occurs or not can be checked through GX Works2 connected to the CPU module 1 How to use 1 Connect GX Works2 to the CPU module 2 Start CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics from the menu of GX Worksz2 XW Diagnostics gt gt CC IE Field Diagnostics CC IE Field Diagnostics a a ee ee M M M n A I Select A Module Module 1 Network No 1 Change Module Station Station No 1 Error v EATA l I Stop Monitor Network Status I I Total Slave Stations Total Slave Stations Current Link Number of Station ney z 7 I Set In Parameter 1 Connected 1 Scan Time 1 mS Errors Detected i le SSIES ES ah Lege
348. the program 1 Create a program in Page 193 Section 9 3 8 to Page 202 Section 9 3 13 on GX Works2 according to the mode or function to use 2 Write the program to the CPU module of the master station and reset the CPU module or turn off then on the power supply lt or Power OFF gt ON 3 Change the status of the CPU module of the master station to RUN TT 192 CHAPTER 9 PROGRAMMING 8 Program example under the normal mode when the coincidence output is set with the comparison output function a Common program SB49 SW B0 0 MG T MO Check the data link status station No 1 NZ2GFCF D62PD2 1 NO_ MO T 4 Add the following MCR instruction at the end of the program pga NO i Point If the master station does not receive a response for several link scans from the high speed counter module the high speed counter module is determined as a cyclic transmission faulty station and the corresponding bit of the data link status each station SWOOBO to SW00B7 turns on b Initial setting program M102 Start remote register initial settings D1000 Point setting Coincidence output 1 D1004 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 2 D1006 Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 2 ad 4 U D1016 iCH1 Ring counter lower limit value setting amp o D1018 F i i i 3 E S a CH1 Ring counter upper limit value setting m x lt Q D1020 CH1 Preset value setting 3 4 gt
349. the static electricity from the human body Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Startup and maintenance of a control panel must be performed by qualified maintenance personnel with knowledge of protection against electric shock Lock the control panel so that only qualified maintenance personnel can operate it Disposal Precautions CAUTION When disposing of this product treat it as industrial waste CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT 1 Mitsubishi programmable controller the PRODUCT shall be used in conditions i where any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT if any shall not lead to any major or serious accident and ii where the backup and fail safe function are systematically or automatically provided outside of the PRODUCT for the case of any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT The PRODUCT has been designed and manufactured for the purpose of being used in general industries MITSUBISHI SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY AND ALL RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT PRODUCT LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY CAUSED BY the PRODUCT THAT ARE OPERATED OR USED IN APPLICATION NOT INTENDED OR EXCLUDED BY INSTRUCTIONS PRECAUTIONS OR WARNING CONTAINED IN MITSUBISHI S USER INSTRUCTION AND OR SAFETY MANUALS TECHNICAL BULLETINS AND GUIDELINES FOR
350. the wire to be connected to the terminal block for module power supply and FG 20 to 16 AWG Stranded 75 C or more For applicable solderless terminals refer to the following Performance Specifications lt gt Page 27 Section 3 2 3 Installing and removing the terminal block To remove the terminal block loosen the terminal block mounting screw with a slotted screwdriver To install the terminal block tighten the terminal block mounting screw Failure to secure the terminal block may cause drop short circuit malfunction pue Ajddns samod sjNpoyy JO Yoo peui UM BUI 9 63 64 4 Connecting and disconnecting the cable To connect the cable insert the wire with the terminal screw loosened and tighten the screw To disconnect the cable pull out the wire with the terminal screw loosened with a slotted screwdriver 5 Processing method of the cable terminal Strip the cable about 10mm from the top To use a bar solderless terminal connect it to the stripped part CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION AND WIRING 6 5 Wiring of Ethernet Cable 1 Connecting the Ethernet cable a Connecting 1 Power off the power supplies of the high speed counter module and the external device 2 Push the Ethernet cable connector into the high speed counter module until it clicks Pay attention to the connector s direction 3 Power on the module A Power on the external device Qr Check that the LINK LED
351. ther channel to 0 or 4 e Set the corresponding bit of Coincidence output channel assignment setting address 0101p to the channel where CHO Count source selection address 01214 01411 is not set Take one of the following actions on CHO Counting speed setting address 01231 0143p and turn off then on Initial data setting request flag RY9 e If the value in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142p is 0 2 or 3 seta value between 0 and 5 e If the value in CHO Pulse input mode address 01224 0142p is 1 or 4 set a value between 0 and 6 e If the value in CHO Pulse input mode address 0122 0142p is 5 set a value between 0 and 7 219 ISI OPOD JON ZL 1 Error code hexadecimal 08154 08204 08214 08224 08234 08244 08254 220 Classification Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Moderate error Coincidence output channel assignment setting error CHO Counter format setting error CHO Counter function selection setting error CHO Function input logic setting error CHO Latch counter input logic setting error CHO Z phase input response time setting error CHO Function input response time setting error Operation of when an error occurs The other Error CH CHs Description and Action cause The channel where the PWM output mode is selected is not assigned to
352. thernet 1000BASE T The product name of the software package for the MELSEC programmable controllers The abbreviation for ZP REMFR This dedicated instruction is used in programs of the master local module The abbreviation for ZP REMTO This dedicated instruction is used in programs of the master local module A station that deals with bit data and word data The station can communicate with the master station and other local stations The station cannot communicate with other remote I O stations remote device stations and intelligent device stations The station can perform the cyclic transmission and transient transmission A function by which data are periodically exchanged among stations on the same network using link devices RX RY RWw and RWr A generic term for stations other than a master station local station remote I O station remote device station and intelligent device station A generic term for cyclic transmission and transient transmission A function of communication with another station which is used when requested by a dedicated instruction or GX Works2 A generic term for the following modules e CC Link IE Field Network module e CC Link IE Controller Network module e Ethernet interface module e MELSECNET H module e MELSECNET 10 module A memory in an intelligent function module where data such as setting values and monitoring values are stored Another term for GX Works2 A generic term for the CC L
353. thod selection CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Counter format CH1 lt phase Preset trigger setting m CH1 External presetreplace Z Phase r 0 ON at de 0 Linear Counter eee CH1 Counter function selection eg Counter 8 2 1 Linear counter function 1 Operation of the linear counter e When the linear counter is selected pulses are counted between 2147483648 lower limit value and 2147483647 upper limit value e The preset replace function and the comparison output function can be used together e The following figure shows the relationship between CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of the counter and remote registers at overflow and underflow for the linear counter function eons gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program 3 Overflow 2147483647 CHO Present value 0 RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 uOloOUNJ Ja UNOD eaul 1 79 UONDBI9S ewo Ja UNOD Z g 2147483648 1 Underflow CHU Underflow detection flag RWr20 b1 RWr38 b1 CHL Overflow detection flag RWr20 b2 RWr38 b2 CHL Preset replace command RY21 RY39 OFF kK AT or more kK AT or more 95 No 1 2 3 4 96 Description For counting down from the l
354. times integration value clear 0000 R completed YO to YF COO eee alla 4 This is the value for when the module power supply is turned off then on or at the remote reset 2 This shows whether read or write from programs is possible R Readable W Writable CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 5 Extended parameter area address 15004 to 1FFF Type Description j Geeta a Write 9376 15004 Cam switch function step type Output 1 E R W 5377 15014 Cam switch function number of steps m Output 1 5378 to 5379 15024 to 15034 Cam switch function step No 1 setting En Output 1 5380 to 5381 15044 to 1505 Cam switch function step No 2 setting ae Output 1 5382 to 5383 15064 to 1507 Cam switch function step No 3 setting Say Output 1 5384 to 5385 1508 to 1509 Cam switch function step No 4 setting i Output 1 5386 to 5387 150A to 150B Cam switch function step No 5 setting ay Output 1 5388 to 5389 150C to 150D Cam switch function step No 6 setting SAN Output 1 Cam switch function step No 7 setti 5390 to 5391 150E to 150F ch function step No 7 setting RIW Output 1 Cam switch function step No 8 setti 5392 to 5393 15104 to 15114 itch function step No 8 setting RIW Output 1 Cam switch function step No 9 setti 5394 to 5395 15124 to 15134 ch function step No 9 setting RIW Output 1 Cam switch function step No 10 setti 5396 to 5397 15144 to 1515 Pin mgt ee gare re ea R W Cam switch func
355. tion Change the station type of the module to the remote device station in the network configuration settings of the master station Change the setting of reserved ignored error station to other than the reserved station in the network configuration settings of the master station Check the link status through CC Link IE Field Network diagnostics and start the link when the data link is stopped The setting range for the station number setting switch is 1 to 120 Set the number between 1 and 120 225 sqgJq eu BulyoeyD 1 6 When the L ER LED turns on Check item Action e Check that 1OOOBASE T compliant Ethernet cables are used User s manual for the master local module used e Check that the station to station distance is 100m or less e Check that the Ethernet cables are not disconnected e Check that a 1OOOBASE T compliant switching hub is used Does the switching hub in the system normally operate User s manual for the master local module used e Check that the power supply of the switching hub is turned on Are Ethernet cables normal Do other stations connected to the high speed counter dul i te Check that the power supplies of the other stations are turned on module normally operate Is the mode of the module on the master station set to other Change the mode of the module to Online than Online Is there any noise affecting the system Check the wiring condition of the Ethernet cables When the
356. tion Write any value to CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D in 32 bit binary Setting range 2147483648 to 2147483647 The value in CHO Preset value setting RWw14 to RWw15 RWw2C to RWw2D is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the rising edge off to on of CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 Also CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 turns on When turning off CHO Preset replace command RY21 RY39 after checking CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 turns on CHO Preset replace completion RX21 RX39 turns off The value can be replaced regardless of the ON OFF status of CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 1 2 uonouny soe deijesald 8 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 123 2 Performing the preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 The preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 can be performed when the set trigger condition is met a Setting method of the condition for the preset replace function by CHO Phase Z input terminal Z1 Z2 1 Set Parameter write for Method selection XXO CC IE Field Configuration window gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations 2 gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHOZ phase Preset trigger setting i CH1 Z phase Preset trigger setting H CH1 External presetreplace 7 Phase request det
357. tion Output 1 parameter data Cam switch function step No 11 setti 5398 i 5399 15164 t 15174 unction Step INO se Ing R W Output 1 5400 to 5401 15184 to 15194 Cam switch function step No 12 setting ai Output 1 5402 to 5403 151A to 151B Cam switch function step No 13 setting Bay Output 1 5404 to 5405 151Cy to 151D Cam switch function step No 14 setting aay Output 1 5406 to 5407 151E to 151F Cam switch function step No 15 setting Ban Output 1 5408 to 5409 15204 to 15214 Cam switch function step No 16 setting mN Output 1 mooss ro swm o A Same as Cam switch output 1 CO a Same as Cam switch output 1 soreo ienen sem o Same as Cam switch output 1 C S Same as Cam switch output 1 zoos maom sem E o Jowa JOLING 3Jow y y JO S17 7 E 49 Address Type Description Hexadecimal Same as Cam switch output 1 oons MARTA ssm Same as Cam switch output 1 eraser eaer swm OOO o A Same as Cam switch output 1 C a Same as Cam switch output 1 Sarosar ooir swm O o Same as Cam switch output 1 e a Read Write 2 Cam switch function 6656 to 6689 1A00 to 1A21 Cam switch output 11 Same as Cam switch output 1 percents eine ey Wee l e 50 Same as Cam switch output 1 C S Same as Cam switch output 1 soros zoer sema oo o Same as Cam switch output 1 omore no sem Same as Cam switch output 1 mons eaer semea O o Same as Cam switch output 1 Toso ienee sem
358. to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 is counted down from CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 3 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B 1 is stored in CHU Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 uoljouny sa UNOD Duly Z Z g UONDBJ S JEWIO 4 J9 JUNOD Zg 97 98 2 Counting range of the ring counter One of the following three counting ranges of the ring counter is determined by the relationship among CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 and CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B at the time when CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned on or when the preset replace function is performed e Ring counter lower limit value lt Present value lt Ring counter upper limit value This range is normally used e Present value lt Ring counter lower limit value or Ring counter upper limit value lt Present value e Ring counter lower limit value Ring counter upper limit value Set the ring counter upper limit value and the ring counter lower limit value according to the condition Ring counter lower limit value lt Ring counter upper limit value When CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C is turned off then on with the condition not satisfied CHO Ring counter upper lower limit value setting error error code 0210p is stored in CHO Latest error code RWr22
359. to comply with the EMC directive 1 2 000 cee eee 286 Appendix 5 2 Requirements to compliance with the low voltage directive 291 Appendix 6 Checking Serial Number and Function Version anaana anaana 292 Appendix 7 External DIMENSIONS save bce 3 3 this Pee AES EOE ee EN eRe eas Baca 293 INDEX 294 PR SION Sate cere asics Ss Booed Sead ere ae eae ee aes he Se ates ade ree Ree ee 298 WARRANTY fc teat due eek eS edie eet we eee a Seis a edie te teeta eee aie eee 299 10 MANUAL PAGE ORGANIZATION In this manual pages are organized and the symbols are used as shown below The following illustration is for explanation purpose only and should not be referred to as an actual documentation is used for screen names and items 7 1 1 Setting method 1 Setting parameters 1 shows operating alperatindNprocesurs 1 th PLC P er dialog box procedures 2 s E r Select the I O Assignment tab W shows mouse operations W Project window Parameter lt gt JPLC parameter is used for items in the menu bar and the project window Leewing this setting LN wil not couse on error to aco ee eee Type Select the type of the connected module Page 74 Section 7 1 2 Model Name Select the model name of the connected module Page 74 Section 7 1 3 Start XY Specify a start VO number for each slot Page 74 Section 7 1 5 Descripth Points Set the number of points ass
360. tting address 01274 01474 or CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 01284 0148p its input status changes to OFF 0 when a voltage is applied e When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on the value in this area is cleared e This area stores the latest error code of the generated major error or moderate error e When multiple errors in the same category occur this area stores the error 22 3A Latest error code code of the later error 0000 e When a moderate error occurs while a major error is occurring this area does not store the error code of the moderate error e For the error code refer to Page 208 Section 11 2 e This area stores the error code of the generated minor error i e When multiple minor errors occur this area stores the error code of the later 23 3B Latest warning code 0000 error e For the error code refer to Page 208 Section 11 2 260 APPENDICES 7 Remote registers RWw0 to RWw1 Address RWw Description Default CH1 e When the coincidence output function is selected and a bit corresponding to Coincidence output 1 of Coincidence output comparison condition setting address 01024 is set to Coincidence Output 00 set the point of coincidence output e The following shows the setting range Point setting 2147483648 to 2147483647 Coincidence output 1 The reflection timing of the setting value 1 When Initial data processing request flag RX8
361. ue RWw2A l _ a ee CH2 Ring counter upper limit value RWr2B Periodic pulse count difference value RWw2B RWr2C RWw2C CH2 Periodic pulse count present value CH2 Preset value setting RWr2D RWw2D CH2 Time unit setting RWr2E RWw2E l e Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH2 Periodic pulse count value update check CH2 Cycle setting RWr2F RWw2F eas Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter CH2 Time unit setting Frequency RWr30 RWw30 measurement Rotation speed measurement CH2 Latch count value Latch counter input terminal CH2 Moving average count Frequency RWr31 RWw31 measurement Rotation speed measurement RWr32 CH2 Measured frequency value RWw32 CH2 Number of pulses per rotation RWr33 Measured rotation speed value RWw33 RWr34 RWw34 Use prohibited CH2 Measured pulse value Function input terminal RWr35 RWw35 CH2 PWM output assignment setting RWr36 CH2 Measured pulse value RWw36 w i CH2 ON width setting PWM output RWr37 Latch counter input terminal RWw37 RWr38 CH2 Status RWw38 CH2 Cycle setting PWM output RWr39 CH2 External input status RWw39 RWr3A CH2 Latest error code RWw3A Use prohibited RWr3B CH2 Latest warning code RWw3B Use prohibited RWr3C Use prohibited RWw3C Use prohibited RWr3D Use prohibited RWw3D Use prohibited RWr3E Use prohibited RWw3E Use prohibited RWr3F Use prohibited RWw3F Use prohibited 40 Point Do not read or write the data to from any Use prohibited remote registers If the data is
362. ule and extension module are assigned as shown below ir 2 3 45 6 7Y89 ABYCDE Te LILES Main module Extension module 1 Module Remote input RX Remote output RY Main module RX0 to RX4F RYO to RY4F Extension module 1 RX50 to RX5F RY50 to RY5F For details on the remote I O signals refer to the following lt Page 236 Appendix 1 Remote input signal direction High speed counter Remote output signal direction Master local Module module Master local module module High speed counter module type Device ae Device oe module Initial data processing completion flag Initial data setting request flag s eUuBIS O I BJoWsyY Jo j S I7_ G E 35 Module type Main module 36 Remote input signal direction High speed counter Remote output signal direction Master local module Master local module module High speed counter module Device PON Device ans Description Description number number RY10 Reset command Coincidence output 1 RY 11 Reset command Coincidence output 2 RX12 Coincidence output 3 RY12 Reset command Coincidence output 3 RX13 Coincidence output 4 RY13 Reset command Coincidence output 4 Setting change completed a ee RX14 an RY14 Setting change request Coincidence output 1 Coincidence output 1 Setting change completed RX15 J RY15 Setting change request
363. unter module interfaces to connect with external devices 1 Terminal layouts and pin numbers of connectors for external devices The following figure and table show the terminal layouts and the pin numbers of the high speed counter module connector for external devices NZ2GFCF D62PD2 MIEUSEG ces A Fe FY es As VR os Fs FF ses cs J es FH es es em eH oe ee D a ee ee es es es ee Dee es es De ee De De ee ee ee B19 A1 DIF A1 COM B18 B1 24V B1 5V SODIABP EUJ9 X9 YIM SBDELSIU O I 99 s n d JEUIO XF JO SIOJOOUUOD JO BuIA 9 9 11 2 List of I O signal details The following table lists the signals for the high speed counter module connectors for external devices I O R Symbol Signal name Description classification A1 24V CH1 Phase A pulse input 24V A1 5V CH1 Phase A pulse input 5V e This signal inputs plus side of phase A pulse A1 DIF CH1 Phase A pulse differential input A1 COM CH1 Phase A pulse input common e This signal inputs minus side of phase A pulse B1 24V CH1 Phase B pulse input 24V B1 5V CH1 Phase B pulse input 5V e This signal inputs plus side of phase B pulse B1 DIF CH1 Phase B pulse differential input B1 COM CH1 Phase B pulse input common e This signal inputs minus side of phase B pulse Z1 24V CH1 Phase Z input 24V e This signal inputs plus side of phase Z Z2 COM FUNC1 24V A09 B08 CH2 Phase Z input common
364. use smoke and fire To prevent this configure an external safety circuit such as a fuse Connectors for external devices must be crimped with the tool specified by the manufacturer or must be correctly soldered Securely connect the connector to the module Mitsubishi programmable controllers must be installed in control panels Wiring and replacement of a module must be performed by qualified maintenance personnel with knowledge of protection against electric shock For wiring methods refer to INSTALLATION AND WIRING in this manual Startup and Maintenance Precautions WARNING Do not touch any terminal while power is on Doing so will cause electric shock or malfunction Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before cleaning the module or retightening the terminal block screws or connector screws Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Startup and Maintenance Precautions CAUTION Do not disassemble or modify the module Doing so may cause failure malfunction injury or a fire Do not drop or apply strong shock to the module Doing so may damage the module Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before mounting or removing a module Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Before handling the module or the cable to be connected to the module touch a conducting object such as a grounded metal to discharge
365. ut response time setting OFF ON ON OFF Response time Response time 2 Function input response time setting OFF ON ON OFF mies sacle Response time Response time 01294 01494 input response time 002A setting rr oe 3 Latch counter input response time setting OFF ON ON OFF Response time Response time foo fates sins e When CHO Function input logic setting address 01274 01474 and CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 01284 01484 are set to Negative Logic 1 the OFF ON response time and the ON OFF response time invert For example when CHO Latch counter input logic setting address 01284 0148p is set to Negative Logic 1 and corresponding bits for this area are set to 00 the OFF ON response time is 0 1ms sessaippy Aiowsy yng ejowsey jo sjieljaq xipueddy e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on 273 11 Module based parameter data address 012A to 012B 014A to 014B Description Default CH1 CH2 e Set the pulse measurement target of CHO Function input terminal FUNC1 FUNC2 Pulse measurement The following shows the setting range 012A 014A setting Function 0 Pulse ON Width input terminal 1 Pulse OFF Width e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set the pulse measurement target of C
366. ute command PWM output start command RY26 RY3E is turned off then on 280 APPENDICES 22 Extended parameter data address 15804 to 1CA1 Cam switch function 15804 step type Output 2 to to 15A04 Cam switch function 15A14 step No 16 setting Output 2 Cam switch function 16004 step type Output 3 to to 16204 Cam switch function 16214 step No 16 setting Output 3 Cam switch function 16804 step type Output 4 to to 16A04 Cam switch function 16A14 step No 16 setting Output 4 Cam switch function nin a i For Output 2 to 16 set the step type and the number of steps for the cam and 1720 Camacinia a mee ae switching ON and OFF of the corresponding output at 17214 step No 16 setting Output 5 Since vie Plats on these settings are the same as those of Output 1 refer to the following 1780 sen ease ec lt gt Page 280 Appendix 3 21 g ic to e The reflection timing of the setting value 17A0 AEE EAE PERR When CHO Cam switch execute command PWM output start command z4 RY26 RY3E is turned off then on ii 17A14 step No 16 setting g Output 6 D Cam switch function o 18004 step type Output 7 aA to to 3 18204 Cam switch function 2 18214 step No 16 setting Output 7 Cam switch function 18804 step type Output 8 lt to to a 18A01 Cam switch function 18A1 44 step No 16 setting D Output 8 Cam switch function 19004 step type Output 9 to to 19204 Cam switch fun
367. utput 0 CH1 0105 channel assignment 1 CH2 0000 setting 1 Cam switch output 1 channel assignment setting 2 Cam switch output 2 channel assignment setting 15 Cam switch output 15 channel assignment setting 16 Cam switch output 16 channel assignment setting e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on 6 Module based parameter data address 0120 to 0121 01404 to 0141 Address Description e Set the operation mode for channels Default e The following shows the setting range 0 Normal Mode ceration ots 1 Frequency Measurement Mode 0120 0140 stig 2 Rotation Soeed Measurement Mode 3 Pulse Measurement Mode 4 PWM Output Mode e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RY9 is turned off then on e Set the count source e The following shows the setting range 0 A Phase B Phase 1 Coincidence Output 1 2 Coincidence Output 2 Count source e When CHO Count source selection address 01214 0141 is set to 01214 0141 selection Coincidence Output 1 1 or Coincidence Output 2 2 pulses are counted up at the rising edge of the following signals Normal mode Coincidence output 1 to 2 RX10 to RX11 PWM output mode Coincidence output 1 to 2 terminals EQU1 to EQU2 e The reflection timing of the setting value When Initial data setting request flag RYQ is turned off then on 269
368. value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 to Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 4 RWwE to RWwEF is 0 default turns on Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 because CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 of when Initial data processing request flag RX8 is turned off is O default To turn off Coincidence output 1 to 4 RX10 to RX13 set the comparison setting item to other than O or to a range that does not include 0 before turning off then on Initial data processing completion flag RY8 UONOUNJ nd no BoUapIOUIOD Z E g uoouny nd no uosuedwog g g 107 6 Operation example of each comparison condition a Operation example of coincidence output The following figure shows the timing to enable Point setting Coincidence output 1 and an operation example of when the present value matches Point setting Coincidence output 1 1000 for the case where coincidence output is set as the comparison condition Note that Coincidence output 1 is assigned to CH1 es gt Controlled by the high speed counter module Controlled by the program CH1 Coincidence output enable command RY20 Setting change request Coincidence output 1 RY14 Setting change completed Coincidence output 1 RX14 Point setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw71 Counter value smaller Coincidence output 1 RWr0 b0 Coincidence output 1 RX10 Coincidence output 1 terminal EQU1 Reset comm
369. value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 except the coincidence output number Coincidence output 3 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 3 U muai e This setting is for Coincidence output 3 of the coincidence output function er limit value ve e The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 except the coincidence output number setting Coincidence output 3 Point setting oe a i l PEN e This setting is for Coincidence output 4 of the coincidence output function Coincidence output 4 l l l e The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of Point setting Coincidence output 1 Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw0 to RWw1 except the coincidence output number Lower limit value setting Coincidence output 4 U a e This setting is for Coincidence output 4 of the coincidence output function er limit value j e The details on this area such as the setting range are the same as those of Upper limit value setting Coincidence output 1 RWw2 to RWw3 except the coincidence output number setting Coincidence output 4 APPENDICES 9 Remote registers RWw10 to RWw13 RWw28 to RWw2B Address RWw Description Default CH1 e When the ring counter function is selected and CHO Counter format address 01244 0144p is set to Ring Counter 1 set the count range
370. w gt Select a high speed counter module in List of stations c gt CC IE Field Configuration gt Parameter Processing of Slave Station 2 Set CHO Operation mode setting to 4 PWM Output Mode H CH1 Operation mode setting 4 Pi Output Mode T H CH1 Count source selection 0 A Phases e CH1 Pulse input mode O 1 Phase 99 0 Normal Mode Bee CH1 Counting speed setting 0 10kpps E ij Frequency Measurement Mode CHIC Ds 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode p ounter format D inea E a eulce Maccurement Wade CH1Zphase Preset trigger setting 0 Rising Eesm Output Mode 160 CHAPTER 8 FUNCTIONS 2 Assignment of the PWM output terminals To output the PWM waveform assign Coincidence output 1 to 4 to the corresponding channel in Coincidence output 1 to 4 channel assignment setting Then by using CHO PWM output assignment setting RWw1D RWw35 of the remote register assign which Coincidence output is used for the PWM waveform output The following table shows the setting examples of the assignment Ex Assignment example of the PWM output terminals CH1 Setting item Setting detail Operation Coincidence output 1 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting Coincidence output 2 channel 0 CH4 Coincidence output 1 to 2 are The error code 0670p is stored in CHO assignment setting assigned to CH1 and Latest error code RWr22 RWr3A since i Coincidence output 3 channel mee Coincidence output 3 to 4 are no Coincidenc
371. wer limit value RWr28 to RWr29 RWw12 to RWw13 RWw10 to RWw11 RWw2A to RWw2B 2000 lt RWw28 to RWw29 500 499 to 2 1 0 1999 1998 to 502 501 In counting down The value of CHOI Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 0 is stored in CHOI Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 99 uonouny Ja UNOD Duly Z Z g UONDBJ S JEWIO 4 19 UNON Zg b Present value lt Ring counter lower limit value or Ring counter upper limit value lt Present value e For counting up When the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 reaches CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 the value in CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is held as the present value The value ring counter upper limit value 1 is stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 at the next count up pulse input For counting down When the value in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 reaches CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B the value in CHO Ring counter lower limit value RWw10 to RWw11 RWw28 to RWw29 is automatically stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 Both for counting up and down the value in CHO Ring counter upper limit value RWw12 to RWw13 RWw2A to RWw2B is not stored in CHO Present value RWr10 to RWr11 RWr28 to RWr29 For example if CHO Count enable c
372. when CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated Page 152 Section 8 14 e CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated without resetting this flag e This signal turns off when CHO Update flag reset command Measured rotation speed value RY2C RY44 is turned on Update flag Measured rotation speed 4 ae l e Up to AT delay occurs until this signal turns on after CHO Measured rotation speed value RWr1A to RWr1B RWr32 to RWr33 is updated For the overview of the operation refer to the description of CHO Update flag reset completed Measured rotation speed value RX2C RX44 4 For AT refer to Page 283 Appendix 4 e This signal turns on when resetting CHO Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A by CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function input terminal RY31 RY49 is completed RX31 CH1 e This signal turns off when CHO Measured pulse value update flag reset command Function Measured pulse value update Controlled by the high speed counter module flag reset Controlled by the program RX45 value input terminal RY31 RY49 is turned off completed i CHU Measured pulse value Function input update flag reset command terminal Function input terminal RY31 RY49 RX49 CHL Measured pulse value update flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A CHUO Measured
373. witch execute PWM output RX2Z6 RXSE 448s Aa be wih vee waa x 242 CHO Coincidence output enable command RYZ0 RY30 rara iite ke arene e aaa 250 CHO Count down command RY22 RY3A 251 CHO Count enable command RY24 RY3C 251 CHO Count source selection address 01214 0141H oonan anaana 269 CHO Counter format address 01244 0144p 271 CHO Counter function detection RX25 RX3D 242 CHO Counter function selection address 0126p 0146p oo onanan aaa 21 2 294 CHO Counting speed setting address 01234 0143p ooon anaana 0c eee 270 CHO Cycle setting PWM output RWw20 to RWw21 RWw38 to RWw39 266 CHO Cycle setting Sampling counter Periodic pulse counter RWw17 RWw2F 264 CHO Error reset command RY36 RY4E 253 CHO Error status RX36 RX4E 248 CHO External control input response time setting address 01294 0149H 0 0000 273 CHO External input status RWr21 RWr39 260 CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection RX23 RX3B 0008 241 CHO External preset replace Z Phase request detection reset command RY23 RY3B 251 CHO Function input logic setting address 01274 01474 2 ee ee 2 2 CHO Latch count value Latch counter input terminal RWr18 to RWr19 RWr30 to RWr31 2 2 2 258 CHO Latch count value update flag Latch counter input terminal RX2B RX43 245 CHO Latch count value u
374. witch output 11 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 12 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 13 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Cam switch output 14 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 83 Setting item Setting details Reference Cam switch output 15 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 Page 117 Section 8 3 4 Cam switch output 16 channel 0 CH1 assignment setting 1 CH2 0 Normal Mode 1 Frequency Measurement Mode Operation mode setting 2 Rotation Speed Measurement Mode Page 90 Section 7 3 3 Pulse Measurement Mode 4 PWM Output Mode 0 A Phase B Phase Count source selection 1 Coincidence Output 1 Page 269 Appendix 3 6 2 Coincidence Output 2 0 1 Phase Multiple of 1 1 1 Phase Multiple of 2 2 CW CCW 3 2 Phase Multiple of 1 4 2 Phase Multiple of 2 5 2 Phase Multiple of 4 0 10kpps 1 100kpps 2 200kpps 3 500kpps 4 1Mpps 5 2Mpps 6 4Mpps 7 8Mpps Pulse input mode Page 92 Section 8 1 1 Counting speed setting Page 27 Section 3 2 0 Linear Counter Counter format Page 95 Section 8 2 1 Ring Counter 0 Rising 1 Falling Z phase Preset trigger setting Page 124 Section 8 4 2 2 Rising Falling 3 During ON External preset replace Z Phase request 0 ON at detection detection setting 1 Not ON at detection 0 Count Disable Function Page 131 Section 8 7 Page 124 Section 8 4 2 1 Latch Counter Function Page 133
375. with CHO Latch counter input terminal LATCH1 LATCH2 except the difference of the terminals for the pulse measurement and the setting items The following table lists the differences of the setting items between both terminals Input terminal setting Pulse measurement with function Pulse measurement with latch item input terminal counter input terminal Terminals for the pulse CHO Function input terminal CHO Latch counter input terminal measurement FUNC1 FUNC2 LATCH1 LATCH2 CHU Pulse measurement setting Setting for pulse width to be CHO Pulse measurement setting Function Latch counter input terminal input terminal address 012Ay 014A MORSAN j H O14AH address 012B4 014B CHU Measured pulse value Function CHO Measured pulse value Measured pulse value input terminal RWr1C to RWr1D RWr34 Latch counter input terminal to RWr35 RWr1E to RWr1F RWr36 to RWr37 Pulse measurement start CHU Pulse measurement start command CHO Pulse measurement start command command Function input terminal RY30 RY48 Latch counter input terminal RY32 RY4A CHU Pulse measurement flag Function CHU Pulse measurement flag Latch counter Pulse measurement flag input terminal RWr20 b6 RWr38 b6 input terminal RWr20 b7 RWr38 b7 Measured pulse value update CHO Measured pulse value update flag CHO Measured pulse value update flag flag Function input terminal RX32 RX4A Latch counter input terminal RX34 RX4C CHU
376. work Master Local Module User s Manual lt SH 080917ENG 13JZ47 gt MELSEC L CC Link IE Field Network Master Local Module User s Manual lt SH 080972ENG 13JZ54 gt 2 Operating manual Manual name lt manual number model code gt GX Works2 Version 1 Operating Manual Common lt SH 080779ENG 13JU63 gt Description Overview of the CC Link IE Field Network and specifications procedures before operation system configuration installation wiring settings functions programming and troubleshooting of the QJ71GF11 T2 Overview of the CC Link IE Field Network and specifications procedures before operation system configuration installation wiring settings functions programming and troubleshooting of the LU71GF11 T2 Description System configuration parameter settings and online operations of GX Works2 which are common to Simple projects and Structured projects CONTENTS SARE YEE GA ION Give eaten a acinar yter E A goed ery RR ek nett a on ran eee leo tice 1 CONDITIONS OFUSE FOR THE PRODUCT ae aa er hours neste ea eet shan che eeu near arae e 5 INTRODUC TON na waren Ree tn aw N A A firey ed een eRe Ver eae Ten evi nro eae Rel oy cee 6 REEEVANTFMANUWALS erecta cee ane te ok ee reas eurlotes is sirloin reece te eu efates E Rurcinie Whee oie 7 WANUAIIPAGE ORGANIZATION S oe cong a Sos cet a tear yee hoy aie Gams centers 11 AIEEE ERIN enorme ners mnt aoc nee WON ees CNG te Sane eee ia ewer armor ae Uist ret Ta
377. y cause malfunction When using the high speed counter module under pressure please consult your local Mitsubishi representative 2 If the environment satisfies the operating ambient temperature operating ambient humidity and other conditions the module can be used even outside the control panel 9 This indicates the section of the power supply to which the equipment is assumed to be connected between the public electrical power distribution network and the machinery within premises Category Il applies to equipment for which electrical power is supplied from fixed facilities The surge voltage withstand level for the equipment with the rated voltage of 300V or less is 2500V 4 This index indicates the degree to which conductive material is generated in terms of the environment in which the equipment is used Pollution degree 2 is when only non conductive pollution occurs A temporary conductivity caused by condensing must be expected occasionally 25 26 Point To use the high speed counter module complying with the EMC Directive refer to EMC and Low Voltage Directives in this manual L gt Page 286 Appendix 5 CHAPTER 3 SPECIFICATIONS 3 2 Performance Specifications The following table shows the performance specifications of the high speed counter module Item Specifications Station type Remote device station Availability of connecting extension module Connectable Max one module Counting speed switch setting D
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search
Related Contents
Addictive Drums日本語マニュアル Mode d`emploi 取扱説明書 evaluation in vitro de trois types de nebuliseurs utilises chez des La nuova Golf Sportsvan Spanish Manual de Instalacion Handlebar Riser Lenco CR-3306 BT Sitecom USB Pocket Hub Sensorsoft Flooding Sensor User Manual User Manual For Students Copyright © All rights reserved.